These scripts, while not fitting into the text of this document, do illustrate some interesting shell programming techniques. They are useful, too. Have fun analyzing and running them.
Example A-1. mailformat: Formatting an e-mail message
1 #!/bin/bash 2 # mail-format.sh (ver. 1.1): Format e-mail messages. 3 4 # Gets rid of carets, tabs, and also folds excessively long lines. 5 6 # ================================================================= 7 # Standard Check for Script Argument(s) 8 ARGS=1 9 E_BADARGS=65 10 E_NOFILE=66 11 12 if [ $# -ne $ARGS ] # Correct number of arguments passed to script? 13 then 14 echo "Usage: `basename $0` filename" 15 exit $E_BADARGS 16 fi 17 18 if [ -f "$1" ] # Check if file exists. 19 then 20 file_name=$1 21 else 22 echo "File \"$1\" does not exist." 23 exit $E_NOFILE 24 fi 25 # ================================================================= 26 27 MAXWIDTH=70 # Width to fold excessively long lines to. 28 29 # --------------------------------- 30 # A variable can hold a sed script. 31 sedscript='s/^>// 32 s/^ *>// 33 s/^ *// 34 s/ *//' 35 # --------------------------------- 36 37 # Delete carets and tabs at beginning of lines, 38 #+ then fold lines to $MAXWIDTH characters. 39 sed "$sedscript" $1 | fold -s --width=$MAXWIDTH 40 # -s option to "fold" 41 #+ breaks lines at whitespace, if possible. 42 43 44 # This script was inspired by an article in a well-known trade journal 45 #+ extolling a 164K MS Windows utility with similar functionality. 46 # 47 # An nice set of text processing utilities and an efficient 48 #+ scripting language provide an alternative to bloated executables. 49 50 exit 0 |
Example A-2. rn: A simple-minded file rename utility
This script is a modification of Example 15-20.
1 #! /bin/bash 2 # 3 # Very simpleminded filename "rename" utility (based on "lowercase.sh"). 4 # 5 # The "ren" utility, by Vladimir Lanin (lanin@csd2.nyu.edu), 6 #+ does a much better job of this. 7 8 9 ARGS=2 10 E_BADARGS=65 11 ONE=1 # For getting singular/plural right (see below). 12 13 if [ $# -ne "$ARGS" ] 14 then 15 echo "Usage: `basename $0` old-pattern new-pattern" 16 # As in "rn gif jpg", which renames all gif files in working directory to jpg. 17 exit $E_BADARGS 18 fi 19 20 number=0 # Keeps track of how many files actually renamed. 21 22 23 for filename in *$1* #Traverse all matching files in directory. 24 do 25 if [ -f "$filename" ] # If finds match... 26 then 27 fname=`basename $filename` # Strip off path. 28 n=`echo $fname | sed -e "s/$1/$2/"` # Substitute new for old in filename. 29 mv $fname $n # Rename. 30 let "number += 1" 31 fi 32 done 33 34 if [ "$number" -eq "$ONE" ] # For correct grammar. 35 then 36 echo "$number file renamed." 37 else 38 echo "$number files renamed." 39 fi 40 41 exit 0 42 43 44 # Exercises: 45 # --------- 46 # What type of files will this not work on? 47 # How can this be fixed? 48 # 49 # Rewrite this script to process all the files in a directory 50 #+ containing spaces in their names, and to rename them, 51 #+ substituting an underscore for each space. |
Example A-3. blank-rename: renames filenames containing blanks
This is an even simpler-minded version of previous script.
1 #! /bin/bash 2 # blank-rename.sh 3 # 4 # Substitutes underscores for blanks in all the filenames in a directory. 5 6 ONE=1 # For getting singular/plural right (see below). 7 number=0 # Keeps track of how many files actually renamed. 8 FOUND=0 # Successful return value. 9 10 for filename in * #Traverse all files in directory. 11 do 12 echo "$filename" | grep -q " " # Check whether filename 13 if [ $? -eq $FOUND ] #+ contains space(s). 14 then 15 fname=$filename # Yes, this filename needs work. 16 n=`echo $fname | sed -e "s/ /_/g"` # Substitute underscore for blank. 17 mv "$fname" "$n" # Do the actual renaming. 18 let "number += 1" 19 fi 20 done 21 22 if [ "$number" -eq "$ONE" ] # For correct grammar. 23 then 24 echo "$number file renamed." 25 else 26 echo "$number files renamed." 27 fi 28 29 exit 0 |
Example A-4. encryptedpw: Uploading to an ftp site, using a locally encrypted password
1 #!/bin/bash 2 3 # Example "ex72.sh" modified to use encrypted password. 4 5 # Note that this is still rather insecure, 6 #+ since the decrypted password is sent in the clear. 7 # Use something like "ssh" if this is a concern. 8 9 E_BADARGS=65 10 11 if [ -z "$1" ] 12 then 13 echo "Usage: `basename $0` filename" 14 exit $E_BADARGS 15 fi 16 17 Username=bozo # Change to suit. 18 pword=/home/bozo/secret/password_encrypted.file 19 # File containing encrypted password. 20 21 Filename=`basename $1` # Strips pathname out of file name. 22 23 Server="XXX" 24 Directory="YYY" # Change above to actual server name & directory. 25 26 27 Password=`cruft <$pword` # Decrypt password. 28 # Uses the author's own "cruft" file encryption package, 29 #+ based on the classic "onetime pad" algorithm, 30 #+ and obtainable from: 31 #+ Primary-site: ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/file 32 #+ cruft-0.2.tar.gz [16k] 33 34 35 ftp -n $Server <<End-Of-Session 36 user $Username $Password 37 binary 38 bell 39 cd $Directory 40 put $Filename 41 bye 42 End-Of-Session 43 # -n option to "ftp" disables auto-logon. 44 # Note that "bell" rings 'bell' after each file transfer. 45 46 exit 0 |
Example A-5. copy-cd: Copying a data CD
1 #!/bin/bash 2 # copy-cd.sh: copying a data CD 3 4 CDROM=/dev/cdrom # CD ROM device 5 OF=/home/bozo/projects/cdimage.iso # output file 6 # /xxxx/xxxxxxx/ Change to suit your system. 7 BLOCKSIZE=2048 8 SPEED=2 # May use higher speed if supported. 9 DEVICE=cdrom 10 # DEVICE="0,0" on older versions of cdrecord. 11 12 echo; echo "Insert source CD, but do *not* mount it." 13 echo "Press ENTER when ready. " 14 read ready # Wait for input, $ready not used. 15 16 echo; echo "Copying the source CD to $OF." 17 echo "This may take a while. Please be patient." 18 19 dd if=$CDROM of=$OF bs=$BLOCKSIZE # Raw device copy. 20 21 22 echo; echo "Remove data CD." 23 echo "Insert blank CDR." 24 echo "Press ENTER when ready. " 25 read ready # Wait for input, $ready not used. 26 27 echo "Copying $OF to CDR." 28 29 cdrecord -v -isosize speed=$SPEED dev=$DEVICE $OF 30 # Uses Joerg Schilling's "cdrecord" package (see its docs). 31 # http://www.fokus.gmd.de/nthp/employees/schilling/cdrecord.html 32 33 34 echo; echo "Done copying $OF to CDR on device $CDROM." 35 36 echo "Do you want to erase the image file (y/n)? " # Probably a huge file. 37 read answer 38 39 case "$answer" in 40 [yY]) rm -f $OF 41 echo "$OF erased." 42 ;; 43 *) echo "$OF not erased.";; 44 esac 45 46 echo 47 48 # Exercise: 49 # Change the above "case" statement to also accept "yes" and "Yes" as input. 50 51 exit 0 |
Example A-6. Collatz series
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # collatz.sh
3
4 # The notorious "hailstone" or Collatz series.
5 # -------------------------------------------
6 # 1) Get the integer "seed" from the command line.
7 # 2) NUMBER <--- seed
8 # 3) Print NUMBER.
9 # 4) If NUMBER is even, divide by 2, or
10 # 5)+ if odd, multiply by 3 and add 1.
11 # 6) NUMBER <--- result
12 # 7) Loop back to step 3 (for specified number of iterations).
13 #
14 # The theory is that every sequence,
15 #+ no matter how large the initial value,
16 #+ eventually settles down to repeating "4,2,1..." cycles,
17 #+ even after fluctuating through a wide range of values.
18 #
19 # This is an instance of an "iterate,"
20 #+ an operation that feeds its output back into the input.
21 # Sometimes the result is a "chaotic" series.
22
23
24 MAX_ITERATIONS=200
25 # For large seed numbers (>32000), increase MAX_ITERATIONS.
26
27 h=${1:-$$} # Seed
28 # Use $PID as seed,
29 #+ if not specified as command-line arg.
30
31 echo
32 echo "C($h) --- $MAX_ITERATIONS Iterations"
33 echo
34
35 for ((i=1; i<=MAX_ITERATIONS; i++))
36 do
37
38 echo -n "$h "
39 # ^^^^^
40 # tab
41
42 let "remainder = h % 2"
43 if [ "$remainder" -eq 0 ] # Even?
44 then
45 let "h /= 2" # Divide by 2.
46 else
47 let "h = h*3 + 1" # Multiply by 3 and add 1.
48 fi
49
50
51 COLUMNS=10 # Output 10 values per line.
52 let "line_break = i % $COLUMNS"
53 if [ "$line_break" -eq 0 ]
54 then
55 echo
56 fi
57
58 done
59
60 echo
61
62 # For more information on this mathematical function,
63 #+ see _Computers, Pattern, Chaos, and Beauty_, by Pickover, p. 185 ff.,
64 #+ as listed in the bibliography.
65
66 exit 0 |
Example A-7. days-between: Calculate number of days between two dates
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # days-between.sh: Number of days between two dates.
3 # Usage: ./days-between.sh [M]M/[D]D/YYYY [M]M/[D]D/YYYY
4 #
5 # Note: Script modified to account for changes in Bash, v. 2.05b +,
6 #+ that closed the loophole permitting large negative
7 #+ integer return values.
8
9 ARGS=2 # Two command line parameters expected.
10 E_PARAM_ERR=65 # Param error.
11
12 REFYR=1600 # Reference year.
13 CENTURY=100
14 DIY=365
15 ADJ_DIY=367 # Adjusted for leap year + fraction.
16 MIY=12
17 DIM=31
18 LEAPCYCLE=4
19
20 MAXRETVAL=255 # Largest permissible
21 #+ positive return value from a function.
22
23 diff= # Declare global variable for date difference.
24 value= # Declare global variable for absolute value.
25 day= # Declare globals for day, month, year.
26 month=
27 year=
28
29
30 Param_Error () # Command line parameters wrong.
31 {
32 echo "Usage: `basename $0` [M]M/[D]D/YYYY [M]M/[D]D/YYYY"
33 echo " (date must be after 1/3/1600)"
34 exit $E_PARAM_ERR
35 }
36
37
38 Parse_Date () # Parse date from command line params.
39 {
40 month=${1%%/**}
41 dm=${1%/**} # Day and month.
42 day=${dm#*/}
43 let "year = `basename $1`" # Not a filename, but works just the same.
44 }
45
46
47 check_date () # Checks for invalid date(s) passed.
48 {
49 [ "$day" -gt "$DIM" ] || [ "$month" -gt "$MIY" ] ||
50 [ "$year" -lt "$REFYR" ] && Param_Error
51 # Exit script on bad value(s).
52 # Uses or-list / and-list.
53 #
54 # Exercise: Implement more rigorous date checking.
55 }
56
57
58 strip_leading_zero () # Better to strip possible leading zero(s)
59 { #+ from day and/or month
60 return ${1#0} #+ since otherwise Bash will interpret them
61 } #+ as octal values (POSIX.2, sect 2.9.2.1).
62
63
64 day_index () # Gauss' Formula:
65 { # Days from March 1, 1600 to date passed as param.
66 # ^^^^^^^^^^^^^
67 day=$1
68 month=$2
69 year=$3
70
71 let "month = $month - 2"
72 if [ "$month" -le 0 ]
73 then
74 let "month += 12"
75 let "year -= 1"
76 fi
77
78 let "year -= $REFYR"
79 let "indexyr = $year / $CENTURY"
80
81
82 let "Days = $DIY*$year + $year/$LEAPCYCLE - $indexyr \
83 + $indexyr/$LEAPCYCLE + $ADJ_DIY*$month/$MIY + $day - $DIM"
84 # For an in-depth explanation of this algorithm, see
85 #+ http://weblogs.asp.net/pgreborio/archive/2005/01/06/347968.aspx
86
87
88 echo $Days
89
90 }
91
92
93 calculate_difference () # Difference between two day indices.
94 {
95 let "diff = $1 - $2" # Global variable.
96 }
97
98
99 abs () # Absolute value
100 { # Uses global "value" variable.
101 if [ "$1" -lt 0 ] # If negative
102 then #+ then
103 let "value = 0 - $1" #+ change sign,
104 else #+ else
105 let "value = $1" #+ leave it alone.
106 fi
107 }
108
109
110
111 if [ $# -ne "$ARGS" ] # Require two command line params.
112 then
113 Param_Error
114 fi
115
116 Parse_Date $1
117 check_date $day $month $year # See if valid date.
118
119 strip_leading_zero $day # Remove any leading zeroes
120 day=$? #+ on day and/or month.
121 strip_leading_zero $month
122 month=$?
123
124 let "date1 = `day_index $day $month $year`"
125
126
127 Parse_Date $2
128 check_date $day $month $year
129
130 strip_leading_zero $day
131 day=$?
132 strip_leading_zero $month
133 month=$?
134
135 date2=$(day_index $day $month $year) # Command substitution.
136
137
138 calculate_difference $date1 $date2
139
140 abs $diff # Make sure it's positive.
141 diff=$value
142
143 echo $diff
144
145 exit 0
146
147 # Compare this script with
148 #+ the implementation of Gauss' Formula in a C program at:
149 #+ http://buschencrew.hypermart.net/software/datedif |
Example A-8. Making a "dictionary"
1 #!/bin/bash 2 # makedict.sh [make dictionary] 3 4 # Modification of /usr/sbin/mkdict script. 5 # Original script copyright 1993, by Alec Muffett. 6 # 7 # This modified script included in this document in a manner 8 #+ consistent with the "LICENSE" document of the "Crack" package 9 #+ that the original script is a part of. 10 11 # This script processes text files to produce a sorted list 12 #+ of words found in the files. 13 # This may be useful for compiling dictionaries 14 #+ and for lexicographic research. 15 16 17 E_BADARGS=65 18 19 if [ ! -r "$1" ] # Need at least one 20 then #+ valid file argument. 21 echo "Usage: $0 files-to-process" 22 exit $E_BADARGS 23 fi 24 25 26 # SORT="sort" # No longer necessary to define options 27 #+ to sort. Changed from original script. 28 29 cat $* | # Contents of specified files to stdout. 30 tr A-Z a-z | # Convert to lowercase. 31 tr ' ' '\012' | # New: change spaces to newlines. 32 # tr -cd '\012[a-z][0-9]' | # Get rid of everything non-alphanumeric 33 #+ (original script). 34 tr -c '\012a-z' '\012' | # Rather than deleting 35 #+ now change non-alpha to newlines. 36 sort | # $SORT options unnecessary now. 37 uniq | # Remove duplicates. 38 grep -v '^#' | # Delete lines beginning with a hashmark. 39 grep -v '^$' # Delete blank lines. 40 41 exit 0 |
Example A-9. Soundex conversion
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # soundex.sh: Calculate "soundex" code for names
3
4 # =======================================================
5 # Soundex script
6 # by
7 # Mendel Cooper
8 # thegrendel@theriver.com
9 # 23 January, 2002
10 #
11 # Placed in the Public Domain.
12 #
13 # A slightly different version of this script appeared in
14 #+ Ed Schaefer's July, 2002 "Shell Corner" column
15 #+ in "Unix Review" on-line,
16 #+ http://www.unixreview.com/documents/uni1026336632258/
17 # =======================================================
18
19
20 ARGCOUNT=1 # Need name as argument.
21 E_WRONGARGS=70
22
23 if [ $# -ne "$ARGCOUNT" ]
24 then
25 echo "Usage: `basename $0` name"
26 exit $E_WRONGARGS
27 fi
28
29
30 assign_value () # Assigns numerical value
31 { #+ to letters of name.
32
33 val1=bfpv # 'b,f,p,v' = 1
34 val2=cgjkqsxz # 'c,g,j,k,q,s,x,z' = 2
35 val3=dt # etc.
36 val4=l
37 val5=mn
38 val6=r
39
40 # Exceptionally clever use of 'tr' follows.
41 # Try to figure out what is going on here.
42
43 value=$( echo "$1" \
44 | tr -d wh \
45 | tr $val1 1 | tr $val2 2 | tr $val3 3 \
46 | tr $val4 4 | tr $val5 5 | tr $val6 6 \
47 | tr -s 123456 \
48 | tr -d aeiouy )
49
50 # Assign letter values.
51 # Remove duplicate numbers, except when separated by vowels.
52 # Ignore vowels, except as separators, so delete them last.
53 # Ignore 'w' and 'h', even as separators, so delete them first.
54 #
55 # The above command substitution lays more pipe than a plumber <g>.
56
57 }
58
59
60 input_name="$1"
61 echo
62 echo "Name = $input_name"
63
64
65 # Change all characters of name input to lowercase.
66 # ------------------------------------------------
67 name=$( echo $input_name | tr A-Z a-z )
68 # ------------------------------------------------
69 # Just in case argument to script is mixed case.
70
71
72 # Prefix of soundex code: first letter of name.
73 # --------------------------------------------
74
75
76 char_pos=0 # Initialize character position.
77 prefix0=${name:$char_pos:1}
78 prefix=`echo $prefix0 | tr a-z A-Z`
79 # Uppercase 1st letter of soundex.
80
81 let "char_pos += 1" # Bump character position to 2nd letter of name.
82 name1=${name:$char_pos}
83
84
85 # ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Exception Patch +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
86 # Now, we run both the input name and the name shifted one char to the right
87 #+ through the value-assigning function.
88 # If we get the same value out, that means that the first two characters
89 #+ of the name have the same value assigned, and that one should cancel.
90 # However, we also need to test whether the first letter of the name
91 #+ is a vowel or 'w' or 'h', because otherwise this would bollix things up.
92
93 char1=`echo $prefix | tr A-Z a-z` # First letter of name, lowercased.
94
95 assign_value $name
96 s1=$value
97 assign_value $name1
98 s2=$value
99 assign_value $char1
100 s3=$value
101 s3=9$s3 # If first letter of name is a vowel
102 #+ or 'w' or 'h',
103 #+ then its "value" will be null (unset).
104 #+ Therefore, set it to 9, an otherwise
105 #+ unused value, which can be tested for.
106
107
108 if [[ "$s1" -ne "$s2" || "$s3" -eq 9 ]]
109 then
110 suffix=$s2
111 else
112 suffix=${s2:$char_pos}
113 fi
114 # ++++++++++++++++++++++ end Exception Patch +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
115
116
117 padding=000 # Use at most 3 zeroes to pad.
118
119
120 soun=$prefix$suffix$padding # Pad with zeroes.
121
122 MAXLEN=4 # Truncate to maximum of 4 chars.
123 soundex=${soun:0:$MAXLEN}
124
125 echo "Soundex = $soundex"
126
127 echo
128
129 # The soundex code is a method of indexing and classifying names
130 #+ by grouping together the ones that sound alike.
131 # The soundex code for a given name is the first letter of the name,
132 #+ followed by a calculated three-number code.
133 # Similar sounding names should have almost the same soundex codes.
134
135 # Examples:
136 # Smith and Smythe both have a "S-530" soundex.
137 # Harrison = H-625
138 # Hargison = H-622
139 # Harriman = H-655
140
141 # This works out fairly well in practice, but there are numerous anomalies.
142 #
143 #
144 # The U.S. Census and certain other governmental agencies use soundex,
145 # as do genealogical researchers.
146 #
147 # For more information,
148 #+ see the "National Archives and Records Administration home page",
149 #+ http://www.nara.gov/genealogy/soundex/soundex.html
150
151
152
153 # Exercise:
154 # --------
155 # Simplify the "Exception Patch" section of this script.
156
157 exit 0 |
Example A-10. "Game of Life"
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # life.sh: "Life in the Slow Lane"
3 # Version 2: Patched by Daniel Albers
4 #+ to allow non-square grids as input.
5
6 # ##################################################################### #
7 # This is the Bash script version of John Conway's "Game of Life". #
8 # "Life" is a simple implementation of cellular automata. #
9 # --------------------------------------------------------------------- #
10 # On a rectangular grid, let each "cell" be either "living" or "dead". #
11 # Designate a living cell with a dot, and a dead one with a blank space.#
12 # Begin with an arbitrarily drawn dot-and-blank grid, #
13 #+ and let this be the starting generation, "generation 0". #
14 # Determine each successive generation by the following rules: #
15 # 1) Each cell has 8 neighbors, the adjoining cells #
16 #+ left, right, top, bottom, and the 4 diagonals. #
17 # 123 #
18 # 4*5 #
19 # 678 #
20 # #
21 # 2) A living cell with either 2 or 3 living neighbors remains alive. #
22 # 3) A dead cell with 3 living neighbors becomes alive (a "birth"). #
23 SURVIVE=2 #
24 BIRTH=3 #
25 # 4) All other cases result in a dead cell for the next generation. #
26 # ##################################################################### #
27
28
29 startfile=gen0 # Read the starting generation from the file "gen0".
30 # Default, if no other file specified when invoking script.
31 #
32 if [ -n "$1" ] # Specify another "generation 0" file.
33 then
34 startfile="$1"
35 fi
36
37 ############################################
38 # Abort script if "startfile" not specified
39 #+ AND
40 #+ "gen0" not present.
41
42 E_NOSTARTFILE=68
43
44 if [ ! -e "$startfile" ]
45 then
46 echo "Startfile \""$startfile"\" missing!"
47 exit $E_NOSTARTFILE
48 fi
49 ############################################
50
51
52 ALIVE1=.
53 DEAD1=_
54 # Represent living and "dead" cells in the start-up file.
55
56 # ---------------------------------------------------------- #
57 # This script uses a 10 x 10 grid (may be increased,
58 #+ but a large grid will will cause very slow execution).
59 ROWS=10
60 COLS=10
61 # Change above two variables to match grid size, if necessary.
62 # ---------------------------------------------------------- #
63
64 GENERATIONS=10 # How many generations to cycle through.
65 # Adjust this upwards,
66 #+ if you have time on your hands.
67
68 NONE_ALIVE=80 # Exit status on premature bailout,
69 #+ if no cells left alive.
70 TRUE=0
71 FALSE=1
72 ALIVE=0
73 DEAD=1
74
75 avar= # Global; holds current generation.
76 generation=0 # Initialize generation count.
77
78 # =================================================================
79
80
81 let "cells = $ROWS * $COLS"
82 # How many cells.
83
84 declare -a initial # Arrays containing "cells".
85 declare -a current
86
87 display ()
88 {
89
90 alive=0 # How many cells "alive" at any given time.
91 # Initially zero.
92
93 declare -a arr
94 arr=( `echo "$1"` ) # Convert passed arg to array.
95
96 element_count=${#arr[*]}
97
98 local i
99 local rowcheck
100
101 for ((i=0; i<$element_count; i++))
102 do
103
104 # Insert newline at end of each row.
105 let "rowcheck = $i % COLS"
106 if [ "$rowcheck" -eq 0 ]
107 then
108 echo # Newline.
109 echo -n " " # Indent.
110 fi
111
112 cell=${arr[i]}
113
114 if [ "$cell" = . ]
115 then
116 let "alive += 1"
117 fi
118
119 echo -n "$cell" | sed -e 's/_/ /g'
120 # Print out array and change underscores to spaces.
121 done
122
123 return
124
125 }
126
127 IsValid () # Test whether cell coordinate valid.
128 {
129
130 if [ -z "$1" -o -z "$2" ] # Mandatory arguments missing?
131 then
132 return $FALSE
133 fi
134
135 local row
136 local lower_limit=0 # Disallow negative coordinate.
137 local upper_limit
138 local left
139 local right
140
141 let "upper_limit = $ROWS * $COLS - 1" # Total number of cells.
142
143
144 if [ "$1" -lt "$lower_limit" -o "$1" -gt "$upper_limit" ]
145 then
146 return $FALSE # Out of array bounds.
147 fi
148
149 row=$2
150 let "left = $row * $COLS" # Left limit.
151 let "right = $left + $COLS - 1" # Right limit.
152
153 if [ "$1" -lt "$left" -o "$1" -gt "$right" ]
154 then
155 return $FALSE # Beyond row boundary.
156 fi
157
158 return $TRUE # Valid coordinate.
159
160 }
161
162
163 IsAlive () # Test whether cell is alive.
164 # Takes array, cell number, state of cell as arguments.
165 {
166 GetCount "$1" $2 # Get alive cell count in neighborhood.
167 local nhbd=$?
168
169
170 if [ "$nhbd" -eq "$BIRTH" ] # Alive in any case.
171 then
172 return $ALIVE
173 fi
174
175 if [ "$3" = "." -a "$nhbd" -eq "$SURVIVE" ]
176 then # Alive only if previously alive.
177 return $ALIVE
178 fi
179
180 return $DEAD # Default.
181
182 }
183
184
185 GetCount () # Count live cells in passed cell's neighborhood.
186 # Two arguments needed:
187 # $1) variable holding array
188 # $2) cell number
189 {
190 local cell_number=$2
191 local array
192 local top
193 local center
194 local bottom
195 local r
196 local row
197 local i
198 local t_top
199 local t_cen
200 local t_bot
201 local count=0
202 local ROW_NHBD=3
203
204 array=( `echo "$1"` )
205
206 let "top = $cell_number - $COLS - 1" # Set up cell neighborhood.
207 let "center = $cell_number - 1"
208 let "bottom = $cell_number + $COLS - 1"
209 let "r = $cell_number / $COLS"
210
211 for ((i=0; i<$ROW_NHBD; i++)) # Traverse from left to right.
212 do
213 let "t_top = $top + $i"
214 let "t_cen = $center + $i"
215 let "t_bot = $bottom + $i"
216
217
218 let "row = $r" # Count center row of neighborhood.
219 IsValid $t_cen $row # Valid cell position?
220 if [ $? -eq "$TRUE" ]
221 then
222 if [ ${array[$t_cen]} = "$ALIVE1" ] # Is it alive?
223 then # Yes?
224 let "count += 1" # Increment count.
225 fi
226 fi
227
228 let "row = $r - 1" # Count top row.
229 IsValid $t_top $row
230 if [ $? -eq "$TRUE" ]
231 then
232 if [ ${array[$t_top]} = "$ALIVE1" ]
233 then
234 let "count += 1"
235 fi
236 fi
237
238 let "row = $r + 1" # Count bottom row.
239 IsValid $t_bot $row
240 if [ $? -eq "$TRUE" ]
241 then
242 if [ ${array[$t_bot]} = "$ALIVE1" ]
243 then
244 let "count += 1"
245 fi
246 fi
247
248 done
249
250
251 if [ ${array[$cell_number]} = "$ALIVE1" ]
252 then
253 let "count -= 1" # Make sure value of tested cell itself
254 fi #+ is not counted.
255
256
257 return $count
258
259 }
260
261 next_gen () # Update generation array.
262 {
263
264 local array
265 local i=0
266
267 array=( `echo "$1"` ) # Convert passed arg to array.
268
269 while [ "$i" -lt "$cells" ]
270 do
271 IsAlive "$1" $i ${array[$i]} # Is cell alive?
272 if [ $? -eq "$ALIVE" ]
273 then # If alive, then
274 array[$i]=. #+ represent the cell as a period.
275 else
276 array[$i]="_" # Otherwise underscore
277 fi #+ (which will later be converted to space).
278 let "i += 1"
279 done
280
281
282 # let "generation += 1" # Increment generation count.
283 # Why was the above line commented out?
284
285
286 # Set variable to pass as parameter to "display" function.
287 avar=`echo ${array[@]}` # Convert array back to string variable.
288 display "$avar" # Display it.
289 echo; echo
290 echo "Generation $generation - $alive alive"
291
292 if [ "$alive" -eq 0 ]
293 then
294 echo
295 echo "Premature exit: no more cells alive!"
296 exit $NONE_ALIVE # No point in continuing
297 fi #+ if no live cells.
298
299 }
300
301
302 # =========================================================
303
304 # main ()
305
306 # Load initial array with contents of startup file.
307 initial=( `cat "$startfile" | sed -e '/#/d' | tr -d '\n' |\
308 sed -e 's/\./\. /g' -e 's/_/_ /g'` )
309 # Delete lines containing '#' comment character.
310 # Remove linefeeds and insert space between elements.
311
312 clear # Clear screen.
313
314 echo # Title
315 echo "======================="
316 echo " $GENERATIONS generations"
317 echo " of"
318 echo "\"Life in the Slow Lane\""
319 echo "======================="
320
321
322 # -------- Display first generation. --------
323 Gen0=`echo ${initial[@]}`
324 display "$Gen0" # Display only.
325 echo; echo
326 echo "Generation $generation - $alive alive"
327 # -------------------------------------------
328
329
330 let "generation += 1" # Increment generation count.
331 echo
332
333 # ------- Display second generation. -------
334 Cur=`echo ${initial[@]}`
335 next_gen "$Cur" # Update & display.
336 # ------------------------------------------
337
338 let "generation += 1" # Increment generation count.
339
340 # ------ Main loop for displaying subsequent generations ------
341 while [ "$generation" -le "$GENERATIONS" ]
342 do
343 Cur="$avar"
344 next_gen "$Cur"
345 let "generation += 1"
346 done
347 # ==============================================================
348
349 echo
350
351 exit 0 # END
352
353
354
355 # The grid in this script has a "boundary problem."
356 # The the top, bottom, and sides border on a void of dead cells.
357 # Exercise: Change the script to have the grid wrap around,
358 # + so that the left and right sides will "touch,"
359 # + as will the top and bottom.
360 #
361 # Exercise: Create a new "gen0" file to seed this script.
362 # Use a 12 x 16 grid, instead of the original 10 x 10 one.
363 # Make the necessary changes to the script,
364 #+ so it will run with the altered file.
365 #
366 # Exercise: Modify this script so that it can determine the grid size
367 #+ from the "gen0" file, and set any variables necessary
368 #+ for the script to run.
369 # This would make unnecessary any changes to variables
370 #+ in the script for an altered grid size. |
Example A-11. Data file for "Game of Life"
1 # gen0 2 # 3 # This is an example "generation 0" start-up file for "life.sh". 4 # -------------------------------------------------------------- 5 # The "gen0" file is a 10 x 10 grid using a period (.) for live cells, 6 #+ and an underscore (_) for dead ones. We cannot simply use spaces 7 #+ for dead cells in this file because of a peculiarity in Bash arrays. 8 # [Exercise for the reader: explain this.] 9 # 10 # Lines beginning with a '#' are comments, and the script ignores them. 11 __.__..___ 12 ___._.____ 13 ____.___.. 14 _._______. 15 ____._____ 16 ..__...___ 17 ____._____ 18 ___...____ 19 __.._..___ 20 _..___..__ |
+++
The following two scripts are by Mark Moraes of the University of Toronto. See the file Moraes-COPYRIGHT for permissions and restrictions. This file is included in the combined HTML/source tarball of the ABS Guide.
Example A-12. behead: Removing mail and news message headers
1 #! /bin/sh 2 # Strips off the header from a mail/News message i.e. till the first 3 # empty line 4 # Mark Moraes, University of Toronto 5 6 # ==> These comments added by author of this document. 7 8 if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then 9 # ==> If no command line args present, then works on file redirected to stdin. 10 sed -e '1,/^$/d' -e '/^[ ]*$/d' 11 # --> Delete empty lines and all lines until 12 # --> first one beginning with white space. 13 else 14 # ==> If command line args present, then work on files named. 15 for i do 16 sed -e '1,/^$/d' -e '/^[ ]*$/d' $i 17 # --> Ditto, as above. 18 done 19 fi 20 21 # ==> Exercise: Add error checking and other options. 22 # ==> 23 # ==> Note that the small sed script repeats, except for the arg passed. 24 # ==> Does it make sense to embed it in a function? Why or why not? |
Example A-13. ftpget: Downloading files via ftp
1 #! /bin/sh
2 # $Id: ftpget,v 1.2 91/05/07 21:15:43 moraes Exp $
3 # Script to perform batch anonymous ftp. Essentially converts a list of
4 # of command line arguments into input to ftp.
5 # ==> This script is nothing but a shell wrapper around "ftp" . . .
6 # Simple, and quick - written as a companion to ftplist
7 # -h specifies the remote host (default prep.ai.mit.edu)
8 # -d specifies the remote directory to cd to - you can provide a sequence
9 # of -d options - they will be cd'ed to in turn. If the paths are relative,
10 # make sure you get the sequence right. Be careful with relative paths -
11 # there are far too many symlinks nowadays.
12 # (default is the ftp login directory)
13 # -v turns on the verbose option of ftp, and shows all responses from the
14 # ftp server.
15 # -f remotefile[:localfile] gets the remote file into localfile
16 # -m pattern does an mget with the specified pattern. Remember to quote
17 # shell characters.
18 # -c does a local cd to the specified directory
19 # For example,
20 # ftpget -h expo.lcs.mit.edu -d contrib -f xplaces.shar:xplaces.sh \
21 # -d ../pub/R3/fixes -c ~/fixes -m 'fix*'
22 # will get xplaces.shar from ~ftp/contrib on expo.lcs.mit.edu, and put it
23 # in xplaces.sh in the current working directory, and get all fixes from
24 # ~ftp/pub/R3/fixes and put them in the ~/fixes directory.
25 # Obviously, the sequence of the options is important, since the equivalent
26 # commands are executed by ftp in corresponding order
27 #
28 # Mark Moraes <moraes@csri.toronto.edu>, Feb 1, 1989
29 #
30
31
32 # ==> These comments added by author of this document.
33
34 # PATH=/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bin:/bin
35 # export PATH
36 # ==> Above 2 lines from original script probably superfluous.
37
38 E_BADARGS=65
39
40 TMPFILE=/tmp/ftp.$$
41 # ==> Creates temp file, using process id of script ($$)
42 # ==> to construct filename.
43
44 SITE=`domainname`.toronto.edu
45 # ==> 'domainname' similar to 'hostname'
46 # ==> May rewrite this to parameterize this for general use.
47
48 usage="Usage: $0 [-h remotehost] [-d remotedirectory]... \
49 [-f remfile:localfile]... [-c localdirectory] [-m filepattern] [-v]"
50 ftpflags="-i -n"
51 verbflag=
52 set -f # So we can use globbing in -m
53 set x `getopt vh:d:c:m:f: $*`
54 if [ $? != 0 ]; then
55 echo $usage
56 exit $E_BADARGS
57 fi
58 shift
59 trap 'rm -f ${TMPFILE} ; exit' 0 1 2 3 15
60 # ==> Signals: HUP INT (Ctl-C) QUIT TERM
61 # ==> Delete tempfile in case of abnormal exit from script.
62 echo "user anonymous ${USER-gnu}@${SITE} > ${TMPFILE}"
63 # ==> Added quotes (recommended in complex echoes).
64 echo binary >> ${TMPFILE}
65 for i in $* # ==> Parse command line args.
66 do
67 case $i in
68 -v) verbflag=-v; echo hash >> ${TMPFILE}; shift;;
69 -h) remhost=$2; shift 2;;
70 -d) echo cd $2 >> ${TMPFILE};
71 if [ x${verbflag} != x ]; then
72 echo pwd >> ${TMPFILE};
73 fi;
74 shift 2;;
75 -c) echo lcd $2 >> ${TMPFILE}; shift 2;;
76 -m) echo mget "$2" >> ${TMPFILE}; shift 2;;
77 -f) f1=`expr "$2" : "\([^:]*\).*"`; f2=`expr "$2" : "[^:]*:\(.*\)"`;
78 echo get ${f1} ${f2} >> ${TMPFILE}; shift 2;;
79 --) shift; break;;
80 esac
81 # ==> 'lcd' and 'mget' are ftp commands. See "man ftp" . . .
82 done
83 if [ $# -ne 0 ]; then
84 echo $usage
85 exit $E_BADARGS
86 # ==> Changed from "exit 2" to conform with style standard.
87 fi
88 if [ x${verbflag} != x ]; then
89 ftpflags="${ftpflags} -v"
90 fi
91 if [ x${remhost} = x ]; then
92 remhost=prep.ai.mit.edu
93 # ==> Change to match appropriate ftp site.
94 fi
95 echo quit >> ${TMPFILE}
96 # ==> All commands saved in tempfile.
97
98 ftp ${ftpflags} ${remhost} < ${TMPFILE}
99 # ==> Now, tempfile batch processed by ftp.
100
101 rm -f ${TMPFILE}
102 # ==> Finally, tempfile deleted (you may wish to copy it to a logfile).
103
104
105 # ==> Exercises:
106 # ==> ---------
107 # ==> 1) Add error checking.
108 # ==> 2) Add bells & whistles. |
+
Antek Sawicki contributed the following script, which makes very clever use of the parameter substitution operators discussed in Section 9.3.
Example A-14. password: Generating random 8-character passwords
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # May need to be invoked with #!/bin/bash2 on older machines.
3 #
4 # Random password generator for Bash 2.x +
5 #+ by Antek Sawicki <tenox@tenox.tc>,
6 #+ who generously gave usage permission to the ABS Guide author.
7 #
8 # ==> Comments added by document author ==>
9
10
11 MATRIX="0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
12 # ==> Password will consist of alphanumeric characters.
13 LENGTH="8"
14 # ==> May change 'LENGTH' for longer password.
15
16
17 while [ "${n:=1}" -le "$LENGTH" ]
18 # ==> Recall that := is "default substitution" operator.
19 # ==> So, if 'n' has not been initialized, set it to 1.
20 do
21 PASS="$PASS${MATRIX:$(($RANDOM%${#MATRIX})):1}"
22 # ==> Very clever, but tricky.
23
24 # ==> Starting from the innermost nesting...
25 # ==> ${#MATRIX} returns length of array MATRIX.
26
27 # ==> $RANDOM%${#MATRIX} returns random number between 1
28 # ==> and [length of MATRIX] - 1.
29
30 # ==> ${MATRIX:$(($RANDOM%${#MATRIX})):1}
31 # ==> returns expansion of MATRIX at random position, by length 1.
32 # ==> See {var:pos:len} parameter substitution in Chapter 9.
33 # ==> and the associated examples.
34
35 # ==> PASS=... simply pastes this result onto previous PASS (concatenation).
36
37 # ==> To visualize this more clearly, uncomment the following line
38 # echo "$PASS"
39 # ==> to see PASS being built up,
40 # ==> one character at a time, each iteration of the loop.
41
42 let n+=1
43 # ==> Increment 'n' for next pass.
44 done
45
46 echo "$PASS" # ==> Or, redirect to a file, as desired.
47
48 exit 0 |
+
James R. Van Zandt contributed this script, which uses named pipes and, in his words, "really exercises quoting and escaping".
Example A-15. fifo: Making daily backups, using named pipes
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # ==> Script by James R. Van Zandt, and used here with his permission.
3
4 # ==> Comments added by author of this document.
5
6
7 HERE=`uname -n` # ==> hostname
8 THERE=bilbo
9 echo "starting remote backup to $THERE at `date +%r`"
10 # ==> `date +%r` returns time in 12-hour format, i.e. "08:08:34 PM".
11
12 # make sure /pipe really is a pipe and not a plain file
13 rm -rf /pipe
14 mkfifo /pipe # ==> Create a "named pipe", named "/pipe".
15
16 # ==> 'su xyz' runs commands as user "xyz".
17 # ==> 'ssh' invokes secure shell (remote login client).
18 su xyz -c "ssh $THERE \"cat > /home/xyz/backup/${HERE}-daily.tar.gz\" < /pipe"&
19 cd /
20 tar -czf - bin boot dev etc home info lib man root sbin share usr var > /pipe
21 # ==> Uses named pipe, /pipe, to communicate between processes:
22 # ==> 'tar/gzip' writes to /pipe and 'ssh' reads from /pipe.
23
24 # ==> The end result is this backs up the main directories, from / on down.
25
26 # ==> What are the advantages of a "named pipe" in this situation,
27 # ==>+ as opposed to an "anonymous pipe", with |?
28 # ==> Will an anonymous pipe even work here?
29
30 # ==> Is it necessary to delete the pipe before exiting the script?
31 # ==> How could that be done?
32
33
34 exit 0 |
+
Stéphane Chazelas contributed the following script to demonstrate that generating prime numbers does not require arrays.
Example A-16. Generating prime numbers using the modulo operator
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # primes.sh: Generate prime numbers, without using arrays.
3 # Script contributed by Stephane Chazelas.
4
5 # This does *not* use the classic "Sieve of Eratosthenes" algorithm,
6 #+ but instead uses the more intuitive method of testing each candidate number
7 #+ for factors (divisors), using the "%" modulo operator.
8
9
10 LIMIT=1000 # Primes 2 - 1000
11
12 Primes()
13 {
14 (( n = $1 + 1 )) # Bump to next integer.
15 shift # Next parameter in list.
16 # echo "_n=$n i=$i_"
17
18 if (( n == LIMIT ))
19 then echo $*
20 return
21 fi
22
23 for i; do # "i" gets set to "@", previous values of $n.
24 # echo "-n=$n i=$i-"
25 (( i * i > n )) && break # Optimization.
26 (( n % i )) && continue # Sift out non-primes using modulo operator.
27 Primes $n $@ # Recursion inside loop.
28 return
29 done
30
31 Primes $n $@ $n # Recursion outside loop.
32 # Successively accumulate positional parameters.
33 # "$@" is the accumulating list of primes.
34 }
35
36 Primes 1
37
38 exit 0
39
40 # Uncomment lines 16 and 24 to help figure out what is going on.
41
42 # Compare the speed of this algorithm for generating primes
43 #+ with the Sieve of Eratosthenes (ex68.sh).
44
45 # Exercise: Rewrite this script without recursion, for faster execution. |
+
This is Rick Boivie's revision of Jordi Sanfeliu's tree script.
Example A-17. tree: Displaying a directory tree
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # tree.sh
3
4 # Written by Rick Boivie.
5 # Used with permission.
6 # This is a revised and simplified version of a script
7 #+ by Jordi Sanfeliu (and patched by Ian Kjos).
8 # This script replaces the earlier version used in
9 #+ previous releases of the Advanced Bash Scripting Guide.
10
11 # ==> Comments added by the author of this document.
12
13
14 search () {
15 for dir in `echo *`
16 # ==> `echo *` lists all the files in current working directory,
17 #+ ==> without line breaks.
18 # ==> Similar effect to for dir in *
19 # ==> but "dir in `echo *`" will not handle filenames with blanks.
20 do
21 if [ -d "$dir" ] ; then # ==> If it is a directory (-d)...
22 zz=0 # ==> Temp variable, keeping track of directory level.
23 while [ $zz != $1 ] # Keep track of inner nested loop.
24 do
25 echo -n "| " # ==> Display vertical connector symbol,
26 # ==> with 2 spaces & no line feed in order to indent.
27 zz=`expr $zz + 1` # ==> Increment zz.
28 done
29
30 if [ -L "$dir" ] ; then # ==> If directory is a symbolic link...
31 echo "+---$dir" `ls -l $dir | sed 's/^.*'$dir' //'`
32 # ==> Display horiz. connector and list directory name, but...
33 # ==> delete date/time part of long listing.
34 else
35 echo "+---$dir" # ==> Display horizontal connector symbol...
36 # ==> and print directory name.
37 numdirs=`expr $numdirs + 1` # ==> Increment directory count.
38 if cd "$dir" ; then # ==> If can move to subdirectory...
39 search `expr $1 + 1` # with recursion ;-)
40 # ==> Function calls itself.
41 cd ..
42 fi
43 fi
44 fi
45 done
46 }
47
48 if [ $# != 0 ] ; then
49 cd $1 # move to indicated directory.
50 #else # stay in current directory
51 fi
52
53 echo "Initial directory = `pwd`"
54 numdirs=0
55
56 search 0
57 echo "Total directories = $numdirs"
58
59 exit 0 |
Noah Friedman gave permission to use his string function script, which essentially reproduces some of the C-library string manipulation functions.
Example A-18. string functions: C-like string functions
1 #!/bin/bash
2
3 # string.bash --- bash emulation of string(3) library routines
4 # Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
5 # ==> Used with his kind permission in this document.
6 # Created: 1992-07-01
7 # Last modified: 1993-09-29
8 # Public domain
9
10 # Conversion to bash v2 syntax done by Chet Ramey
11
12 # Commentary:
13 # Code:
14
15 #:docstring strcat:
16 # Usage: strcat s1 s2
17 #
18 # Strcat appends the value of variable s2 to variable s1.
19 #
20 # Example:
21 # a="foo"
22 # b="bar"
23 # strcat a b
24 # echo $a
25 # => foobar
26 #
27 #:end docstring:
28
29 ###;;;autoload ==> Autoloading of function commented out.
30 function strcat ()
31 {
32 local s1_val s2_val
33
34 s1_val=${!1} # indirect variable expansion
35 s2_val=${!2}
36 eval "$1"=\'"${s1_val}${s2_val}"\'
37 # ==> eval $1='${s1_val}${s2_val}' avoids problems,
38 # ==> if one of the variables contains a single quote.
39 }
40
41 #:docstring strncat:
42 # Usage: strncat s1 s2 $n
43 #
44 # Line strcat, but strncat appends a maximum of n characters from the value
45 # of variable s2. It copies fewer if the value of variabl s2 is shorter
46 # than n characters. Echoes result on stdout.
47 #
48 # Example:
49 # a=foo
50 # b=barbaz
51 # strncat a b 3
52 # echo $a
53 # => foobar
54 #
55 #:end docstring:
56
57 ###;;;autoload
58 function strncat ()
59 {
60 local s1="$1"
61 local s2="$2"
62 local -i n="$3"
63 local s1_val s2_val
64
65 s1_val=${!s1} # ==> indirect variable expansion
66 s2_val=${!s2}
67
68 if [ ${#s2_val} -gt ${n} ]; then
69 s2_val=${s2_val:0:$n} # ==> substring extraction
70 fi
71
72 eval "$s1"=\'"${s1_val}${s2_val}"\'
73 # ==> eval $1='${s1_val}${s2_val}' avoids problems,
74 # ==> if one of the variables contains a single quote.
75 }
76
77 #:docstring strcmp:
78 # Usage: strcmp $s1 $s2
79 #
80 # Strcmp compares its arguments and returns an integer less than, equal to,
81 # or greater than zero, depending on whether string s1 is lexicographically
82 # less than, equal to, or greater than string s2.
83 #:end docstring:
84
85 ###;;;autoload
86 function strcmp ()
87 {
88 [ "$1" = "$2" ] && return 0
89
90 [ "${1}" '<' "${2}" ] > /dev/null && return -1
91
92 return 1
93 }
94
95 #:docstring strncmp:
96 # Usage: strncmp $s1 $s2 $n
97 #
98 # Like strcmp, but makes the comparison by examining a maximum of n
99 # characters (n less than or equal to zero yields equality).
100 #:end docstring:
101
102 ###;;;autoload
103 function strncmp ()
104 {
105 if [ -z "${3}" -o "${3}" -le "0" ]; then
106 return 0
107 fi
108
109 if [ ${3} -ge ${#1} -a ${3} -ge ${#2} ]; then
110 strcmp "$1" "$2"
111 return $?
112 else
113 s1=${1:0:$3}
114 s2=${2:0:$3}
115 strcmp $s1 $s2
116 return $?
117 fi
118 }
119
120 #:docstring strlen:
121 # Usage: strlen s
122 #
123 # Strlen returns the number of characters in string literal s.
124 #:end docstring:
125
126 ###;;;autoload
127 function strlen ()
128 {
129 eval echo "\${#${1}}"
130 # ==> Returns the length of the value of the variable
131 # ==> whose name is passed as an argument.
132 }
133
134 #:docstring strspn:
135 # Usage: strspn $s1 $s2
136 #
137 # Strspn returns the length of the maximum initial segment of string s1,
138 # which consists entirely of characters from string s2.
139 #:end docstring:
140
141 ###;;;autoload
142 function strspn ()
143 {
144 # Unsetting IFS allows whitespace to be handled as normal chars.
145 local IFS=
146 local result="${1%%[!${2}]*}"
147
148 echo ${#result}
149 }
150
151 #:docstring strcspn:
152 # Usage: strcspn $s1 $s2
153 #
154 # Strcspn returns the length of the maximum initial segment of string s1,
155 # which consists entirely of characters not from string s2.
156 #:end docstring:
157
158 ###;;;autoload
159 function strcspn ()
160 {
161 # Unsetting IFS allows whitspace to be handled as normal chars.
162 local IFS=
163 local result="${1%%[${2}]*}"
164
165 echo ${#result}
166 }
167
168 #:docstring strstr:
169 # Usage: strstr s1 s2
170 #
171 # Strstr echoes a substring starting at the first occurrence of string s2 in
172 # string s1, or nothing if s2 does not occur in the string. If s2 points to
173 # a string of zero length, strstr echoes s1.
174 #:end docstring:
175
176 ###;;;autoload
177 function strstr ()
178 {
179 # if s2 points to a string of zero length, strstr echoes s1
180 [ ${#2} -eq 0 ] && { echo "$1" ; return 0; }
181
182 # strstr echoes nothing if s2 does not occur in s1
183 case "$1" in
184 *$2*) ;;
185 *) return 1;;
186 esac
187
188 # use the pattern matching code to strip off the match and everything
189 # following it
190 first=${1/$2*/}
191
192 # then strip off the first unmatched portion of the string
193 echo "${1##$first}"
194 }
195
196 #:docstring strtok:
197 # Usage: strtok s1 s2
198 #
199 # Strtok considers the string s1 to consist of a sequence of zero or more
200 # text tokens separated by spans of one or more characters from the
201 # separator string s2. The first call (with a non-empty string s1
202 # specified) echoes a string consisting of the first token on stdout. The
203 # function keeps track of its position in the string s1 between separate
204 # calls, so that subsequent calls made with the first argument an empty
205 # string will work through the string immediately following that token. In
206 # this way subsequent calls will work through the string s1 until no tokens
207 # remain. The separator string s2 may be different from call to call.
208 # When no token remains in s1, an empty value is echoed on stdout.
209 #:end docstring:
210
211 ###;;;autoload
212 function strtok ()
213 {
214 :
215 }
216
217 #:docstring strtrunc:
218 # Usage: strtrunc $n $s1 {$s2} {$...}
219 #
220 # Used by many functions like strncmp to truncate arguments for comparison.
221 # Echoes the first n characters of each string s1 s2 ... on stdout.
222 #:end docstring:
223
224 ###;;;autoload
225 function strtrunc ()
226 {
227 n=$1 ; shift
228 for z; do
229 echo "${z:0:$n}"
230 done
231 }
232
233 # provide string
234
235 # string.bash ends here
236
237
238 # ========================================================================== #
239 # ==> Everything below here added by the document author.
240
241 # ==> Suggested use of this script is to delete everything below here,
242 # ==> and "source" this file into your own scripts.
243
244 # strcat
245 string0=one
246 string1=two
247 echo
248 echo "Testing \"strcat\" function:"
249 echo "Original \"string0\" = $string0"
250 echo "\"string1\" = $string1"
251 strcat string0 string1
252 echo "New \"string0\" = $string0"
253 echo
254
255 # strlen
256 echo
257 echo "Testing \"strlen\" function:"
258 str=123456789
259 echo "\"str\" = $str"
260 echo -n "Length of \"str\" = "
261 strlen str
262 echo
263
264
265
266 # Exercise:
267 # --------
268 # Add code to test all the other string functions above.
269
270
271 exit 0 |
Michael Zick's complex array example uses the md5sum check sum command to encode directory information.
Example A-19. Directory information
1 #! /bin/bash
2 # directory-info.sh
3 # Parses and lists directory information.
4
5 # NOTE: Change lines 273 and 353 per "README" file.
6
7 # Michael Zick is the author of this script.
8 # Used here with his permission.
9
10 # Controls
11 # If overridden by command arguments, they must be in the order:
12 # Arg1: "Descriptor Directory"
13 # Arg2: "Exclude Paths"
14 # Arg3: "Exclude Directories"
15 #
16 # Environment Settings override Defaults.
17 # Command arguments override Environment Settings.
18
19 # Default location for content addressed file descriptors.
20 MD5UCFS=${1:-${MD5UCFS:-'/tmpfs/ucfs'}}
21
22 # Directory paths never to list or enter
23 declare -a \
24 EXCLUDE_PATHS=${2:-${EXCLUDE_PATHS:-'(/proc /dev /devfs /tmpfs)'}}
25
26 # Directories never to list or enter
27 declare -a \
28 EXCLUDE_DIRS=${3:-${EXCLUDE_DIRS:-'(ucfs lost+found tmp wtmp)'}}
29
30 # Files never to list or enter
31 declare -a \
32 EXCLUDE_FILES=${3:-${EXCLUDE_FILES:-'(core "Name with Spaces")'}}
33
34
35 # Here document used as a comment block.
36 : <<LSfieldsDoc
37 # # # # # List Filesystem Directory Information # # # # #
38 #
39 # ListDirectory "FileGlob" "Field-Array-Name"
40 # or
41 # ListDirectory -of "FileGlob" "Field-Array-Filename"
42 # '-of' meaning 'output to filename'
43 # # # # #
44
45 String format description based on: ls (GNU fileutils) version 4.0.36
46
47 Produces a line (or more) formatted:
48 inode permissions hard-links owner group ...
49 32736 -rw------- 1 mszick mszick
50
51 size day month date hh:mm:ss year path
52 2756608 Sun Apr 20 08:53:06 2003 /home/mszick/core
53
54 Unless it is formatted:
55 inode permissions hard-links owner group ...
56 266705 crw-rw---- 1 root uucp
57
58 major minor day month date hh:mm:ss year path
59 4, 68 Sun Apr 20 09:27:33 2003 /dev/ttyS4
60 NOTE: that pesky comma after the major number
61
62 NOTE: the 'path' may be multiple fields:
63 /home/mszick/core
64 /proc/982/fd/0 -> /dev/null
65 /proc/982/fd/1 -> /home/mszick/.xsession-errors
66 /proc/982/fd/13 -> /tmp/tmpfZVVOCs (deleted)
67 /proc/982/fd/7 -> /tmp/kde-mszick/ksycoca
68 /proc/982/fd/8 -> socket:[11586]
69 /proc/982/fd/9 -> pipe:[11588]
70
71 If that isn't enough to keep your parser guessing,
72 either or both of the path components may be relative:
73 ../Built-Shared -> Built-Static
74 ../linux-2.4.20.tar.bz2 -> ../../../SRCS/linux-2.4.20.tar.bz2
75
76 The first character of the 11 (10?) character permissions field:
77 's' Socket
78 'd' Directory
79 'b' Block device
80 'c' Character device
81 'l' Symbolic link
82 NOTE: Hard links not marked - test for identical inode numbers
83 on identical filesystems.
84 All information about hard linked files are shared, except
85 for the names and the name's location in the directory system.
86 NOTE: A "Hard link" is known as a "File Alias" on some systems.
87 '-' An undistingushed file
88
89 Followed by three groups of letters for: User, Group, Others
90 Character 1: '-' Not readable; 'r' Readable
91 Character 2: '-' Not writable; 'w' Writable
92 Character 3, User and Group: Combined execute and special
93 '-' Not Executable, Not Special
94 'x' Executable, Not Special
95 's' Executable, Special
96 'S' Not Executable, Special
97 Character 3, Others: Combined execute and sticky (tacky?)
98 '-' Not Executable, Not Tacky
99 'x' Executable, Not Tacky
100 't' Executable, Tacky
101 'T' Not Executable, Tacky
102
103 Followed by an access indicator
104 Haven't tested this one, it may be the eleventh character
105 or it may generate another field
106 ' ' No alternate access
107 '+' Alternate access
108 LSfieldsDoc
109
110
111 ListDirectory()
112 {
113 local -a T
114 local -i of=0 # Default return in variable
115 # OLD_IFS=$IFS # Using BASH default ' \t\n'
116
117 case "$#" in
118 3) case "$1" in
119 -of) of=1 ; shift ;;
120 * ) return 1 ;;
121 esac ;;
122 2) : ;; # Poor man's "continue"
123 *) return 1 ;;
124 esac
125
126 # NOTE: the (ls) command is NOT quoted (")
127 T=( $(ls --inode --ignore-backups --almost-all --directory \
128 --full-time --color=none --time=status --sort=none \
129 --format=long $1) )
130
131 case $of in
132 # Assign T back to the array whose name was passed as $2
133 0) eval $2=\( \"\$\{T\[@\]\}\" \) ;;
134 # Write T into filename passed as $2
135 1) echo "${T[@]}" > "$2" ;;
136 esac
137 return 0
138 }
139
140 # # # # # Is that string a legal number? # # # # #
141 #
142 # IsNumber "Var"
143 # # # # # There has to be a better way, sigh...
144
145 IsNumber()
146 {
147 local -i int
148 if [ $# -eq 0 ]
149 then
150 return 1
151 else
152 (let int=$1) 2>/dev/null
153 return $? # Exit status of the let thread
154 fi
155 }
156
157 # # # # # Index Filesystem Directory Information # # # # #
158 #
159 # IndexList "Field-Array-Name" "Index-Array-Name"
160 # or
161 # IndexList -if Field-Array-Filename Index-Array-Name
162 # IndexList -of Field-Array-Name Index-Array-Filename
163 # IndexList -if -of Field-Array-Filename Index-Array-Filename
164 # # # # #
165
166 : <<IndexListDoc
167 Walk an array of directory fields produced by ListDirectory
168
169 Having suppressed the line breaks in an otherwise line oriented
170 report, build an index to the array element which starts each line.
171
172 Each line gets two index entries, the first element of each line
173 (inode) and the element that holds the pathname of the file.
174
175 The first index entry pair (Line-Number==0) are informational:
176 Index-Array-Name[0] : Number of "Lines" indexed
177 Index-Array-Name[1] : "Current Line" pointer into Index-Array-Name
178
179 The following index pairs (if any) hold element indexes into
180 the Field-Array-Name per:
181 Index-Array-Name[Line-Number * 2] : The "inode" field element.
182 NOTE: This distance may be either +11 or +12 elements.
183 Index-Array-Name[(Line-Number * 2) + 1] : The "pathname" element.
184 NOTE: This distance may be a variable number of elements.
185 Next line index pair for Line-Number+1.
186 IndexListDoc
187
188
189
190 IndexList()
191 {
192 local -a LIST # Local of listname passed
193 local -a -i INDEX=( 0 0 ) # Local of index to return
194 local -i Lidx Lcnt
195 local -i if=0 of=0 # Default to variable names
196
197 case "$#" in # Simplistic option testing
198 0) return 1 ;;
199 1) return 1 ;;
200 2) : ;; # Poor man's continue
201 3) case "$1" in
202 -if) if=1 ;;
203 -of) of=1 ;;
204 * ) return 1 ;;
205 esac ; shift ;;
206 4) if=1 ; of=1 ; shift ; shift ;;
207 *) return 1
208 esac
209
210 # Make local copy of list
211 case "$if" in
212 0) eval LIST=\( \"\$\{$1\[@\]\}\" \) ;;
213 1) LIST=( $(cat $1) ) ;;
214 esac
215
216 # Grok (grope?) the array
217 Lcnt=${#LIST[@]}
218 Lidx=0
219 until (( Lidx >= Lcnt ))
220 do
221 if IsNumber ${LIST[$Lidx]}
222 then
223 local -i inode name
224 local ft
225 inode=Lidx
226 local m=${LIST[$Lidx+2]} # Hard Links field
227 ft=${LIST[$Lidx+1]:0:1} # Fast-Stat
228 case $ft in
229 b) ((Lidx+=12)) ;; # Block device
230 c) ((Lidx+=12)) ;; # Character device
231 *) ((Lidx+=11)) ;; # Anything else
232 esac
233 name=Lidx
234 case $ft in
235 -) ((Lidx+=1)) ;; # The easy one
236 b) ((Lidx+=1)) ;; # Block device
237 c) ((Lidx+=1)) ;; # Character device
238 d) ((Lidx+=1)) ;; # The other easy one
239 l) ((Lidx+=3)) ;; # At LEAST two more fields
240 # A little more elegance here would handle pipes,
241 #+ sockets, deleted files - later.
242 *) until IsNumber ${LIST[$Lidx]} || ((Lidx >= Lcnt))
243 do
244 ((Lidx+=1))
245 done
246 ;; # Not required
247 esac
248 INDEX[${#INDEX[*]}]=$inode
249 INDEX[${#INDEX[*]}]=$name
250 INDEX[0]=${INDEX[0]}+1 # One more "line" found
251 # echo "Line: ${INDEX[0]} Type: $ft Links: $m Inode: \
252 # ${LIST[$inode]} Name: ${LIST[$name]}"
253
254 else
255 ((Lidx+=1))
256 fi
257 done
258 case "$of" in
259 0) eval $2=\( \"\$\{INDEX\[@\]\}\" \) ;;
260 1) echo "${INDEX[@]}" > "$2" ;;
261 esac
262 return 0 # What could go wrong?
263 }
264
265 # # # # # Content Identify File # # # # #
266 #
267 # DigestFile Input-Array-Name Digest-Array-Name
268 # or
269 # DigestFile -if Input-FileName Digest-Array-Name
270 # # # # #
271
272 # Here document used as a comment block.
273 : <<DigestFilesDoc
274
275 The key (no pun intended) to a Unified Content File System (UCFS)
276 is to distinguish the files in the system based on their content.
277 Distinguishing files by their name is just, so, 20th Century.
278
279 The content is distinguished by computing a checksum of that content.
280 This version uses the md5sum program to generate a 128 bit checksum
281 representative of the file's contents.
282 There is a chance that two files having different content might
283 generate the same checksum using md5sum (or any checksum). Should
284 that become a problem, then the use of md5sum can be replace by a
285 cyrptographic signature. But until then...
286
287 The md5sum program is documented as outputting three fields (and it
288 does), but when read it appears as two fields (array elements). This
289 is caused by the lack of whitespace between the second and third field.
290 So this function gropes the md5sum output and returns:
291 [0] 32 character checksum in hexidecimal (UCFS filename)
292 [1] Single character: ' ' text file, '*' binary file
293 [2] Filesystem (20th Century Style) name
294 Note: That name may be the character '-' indicating STDIN read.
295
296 DigestFilesDoc
297
298
299
300 DigestFile()
301 {
302 local if=0 # Default, variable name
303 local -a T1 T2
304
305 case "$#" in
306 3) case "$1" in
307 -if) if=1 ; shift ;;
308 * ) return 1 ;;
309 esac ;;
310 2) : ;; # Poor man's "continue"
311 *) return 1 ;;
312 esac
313
314 case $if in
315 0) eval T1=\( \"\$\{$1\[@\]\}\" \)
316 T2=( $(echo ${T1[@]} | md5sum -) )
317 ;;
318 1) T2=( $(md5sum $1) )
319 ;;
320 esac
321
322 case ${#T2[@]} in
323 0) return 1 ;;
324 1) return 1 ;;
325 2) case ${T2[1]:0:1} in # SanScrit-2.0.5
326 \*) T2[${#T2[@]}]=${T2[1]:1}
327 T2[1]=\*
328 ;;
329 *) T2[${#T2[@]}]=${T2[1]}
330 T2[1]=" "
331 ;;
332 esac
333 ;;
334 3) : ;; # Assume it worked
335 *) return 1 ;;
336 esac
337
338 local -i len=${#T2[0]}
339 if [ $len -ne 32 ] ; then return 1 ; fi
340 eval $2=\( \"\$\{T2\[@\]\}\" \)
341 }
342
343 # # # # # Locate File # # # # #
344 #
345 # LocateFile [-l] FileName Location-Array-Name
346 # or
347 # LocateFile [-l] -of FileName Location-Array-FileName
348 # # # # #
349
350 # A file location is Filesystem-id and inode-number
351
352 # Here document used as a comment block.
353 : <<StatFieldsDoc
354 Based on stat, version 2.2
355 stat -t and stat -lt fields
356 [0] name
357 [1] Total size
358 File - number of bytes
359 Symbolic link - string length of pathname
360 [2] Number of (512 byte) blocks allocated
361 [3] File type and Access rights (hex)
362 [4] User ID of owner
363 [5] Group ID of owner
364 [6] Device number
365 [7] Inode number
366 [8] Number of hard links
367 [9] Device type (if inode device) Major
368 [10] Device type (if inode device) Minor
369 [11] Time of last access
370 May be disabled in 'mount' with noatime
371 atime of files changed by exec, read, pipe, utime, mknod (mmap?)
372 atime of directories changed by addition/deletion of files
373 [12] Time of last modification
374 mtime of files changed by write, truncate, utime, mknod
375 mtime of directories changed by addtition/deletion of files
376 [13] Time of last change
377 ctime reflects time of changed inode information (owner, group
378 permissions, link count
379 -*-*- Per:
380 Return code: 0
381 Size of array: 14
382 Contents of array
383 Element 0: /home/mszick
384 Element 1: 4096
385 Element 2: 8
386 Element 3: 41e8
387 Element 4: 500
388 Element 5: 500
389 Element 6: 303
390 Element 7: 32385
391 Element 8: 22
392 Element 9: 0
393 Element 10: 0
394 Element 11: 1051221030
395 Element 12: 1051214068
396 Element 13: 1051214068
397
398 For a link in the form of linkname -> realname
399 stat -t linkname returns the linkname (link) information
400 stat -lt linkname returns the realname information
401
402 stat -tf and stat -ltf fields
403 [0] name
404 [1] ID-0? # Maybe someday, but Linux stat structure
405 [2] ID-0? # does not have either LABEL nor UUID
406 # fields, currently information must come
407 # from file-system specific utilities
408 These will be munged into:
409 [1] UUID if possible
410 [2] Volume Label if possible
411 Note: 'mount -l' does return the label and could return the UUID
412
413 [3] Maximum length of filenames
414 [4] Filesystem type
415 [5] Total blocks in the filesystem
416 [6] Free blocks
417 [7] Free blocks for non-root user(s)
418 [8] Block size of the filesystem
419 [9] Total inodes
420 [10] Free inodes
421
422 -*-*- Per:
423 Return code: 0
424 Size of array: 11
425 Contents of array
426 Element 0: /home/mszick
427 Element 1: 0
428 Element 2: 0
429 Element 3: 255
430 Element 4: ef53
431 Element 5: 2581445
432 Element 6: 2277180
433 Element 7: 2146050
434 Element 8: 4096
435 Element 9: 1311552
436 Element 10: 1276425
437
438 StatFieldsDoc
439
440
441 # LocateFile [-l] FileName Location-Array-Name
442 # LocateFile [-l] -of FileName Location-Array-FileName
443
444 LocateFile()
445 {
446 local -a LOC LOC1 LOC2
447 local lk="" of=0
448
449 case "$#" in
450 0) return 1 ;;
451 1) return 1 ;;
452 2) : ;;
453 *) while (( "$#" > 2 ))
454 do
455 case "$1" in
456 -l) lk=-1 ;;
457 -of) of=1 ;;
458 *) return 1 ;;
459 esac
460 shift
461 done ;;
462 esac
463
464 # More Sanscrit-2.0.5
465 # LOC1=( $(stat -t $lk $1) )
466 # LOC2=( $(stat -tf $lk $1) )
467 # Uncomment above two lines if system has "stat" command installed.
468 LOC=( ${LOC1[@]:0:1} ${LOC1[@]:3:11}
469 ${LOC2[@]:1:2} ${LOC2[@]:4:1} )
470
471 case "$of" in
472 0) eval $2=\( \"\$\{LOC\[@\]\}\" \) ;;
473 1) echo "${LOC[@]}" > "$2" ;;
474 esac
475 return 0
476 # Which yields (if you are lucky, and have "stat" installed)
477 # -*-*- Location Discriptor -*-*-
478 # Return code: 0
479 # Size of array: 15
480 # Contents of array
481 # Element 0: /home/mszick 20th Century name
482 # Element 1: 41e8 Type and Permissions
483 # Element 2: 500 User
484 # Element 3: 500 Group
485 # Element 4: 303 Device
486 # Element 5: 32385 inode
487 # Element 6: 22 Link count
488 # Element 7: 0 Device Major
489 # Element 8: 0 Device Minor
490 # Element 9: 1051224608 Last Access
491 # Element 10: 1051214068 Last Modify
492 # Element 11: 1051214068 Last Status
493 # Element 12: 0 UUID (to be)
494 # Element 13: 0 Volume Label (to be)
495 # Element 14: ef53 Filesystem type
496 }
497
498
499
500 # And then there was some test code
501
502 ListArray() # ListArray Name
503 {
504 local -a Ta
505
506 eval Ta=\( \"\$\{$1\[@\]\}\" \)
507 echo
508 echo "-*-*- List of Array -*-*-"
509 echo "Size of array $1: ${#Ta[*]}"
510 echo "Contents of array $1:"
511 for (( i=0 ; i<${#Ta[*]} ; i++ ))
512 do
513 echo -e "\tElement $i: ${Ta[$i]}"
514 done
515 return 0
516 }
517
518 declare -a CUR_DIR
519 # For small arrays
520 ListDirectory "${PWD}" CUR_DIR
521 ListArray CUR_DIR
522
523 declare -a DIR_DIG
524 DigestFile CUR_DIR DIR_DIG
525 echo "The new \"name\" (checksum) for ${CUR_DIR[9]} is ${DIR_DIG[0]}"
526
527 declare -a DIR_ENT
528 # BIG_DIR # For really big arrays - use a temporary file in ramdisk
529 # BIG-DIR # ListDirectory -of "${CUR_DIR[11]}/*" "/tmpfs/junk2"
530 ListDirectory "${CUR_DIR[11]}/*" DIR_ENT
531
532 declare -a DIR_IDX
533 # BIG-DIR # IndexList -if "/tmpfs/junk2" DIR_IDX
534 IndexList DIR_ENT DIR_IDX
535
536 declare -a IDX_DIG
537 # BIG-DIR # DIR_ENT=( $(cat /tmpfs/junk2) )
538 # BIG-DIR # DigestFile -if /tmpfs/junk2 IDX_DIG
539 DigestFile DIR_ENT IDX_DIG
540 # Small (should) be able to parallize IndexList & DigestFile
541 # Large (should) be able to parallize IndexList & DigestFile & the assignment
542 echo "The \"name\" (checksum) for the contents of ${PWD} is ${IDX_DIG[0]}"
543
544 declare -a FILE_LOC
545 LocateFile ${PWD} FILE_LOC
546 ListArray FILE_LOC
547
548 exit 0 |
Stéphane Chazelas demonstrates object-oriented programming in a Bash script.
Example A-20. Object-oriented database
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # obj-oriented.sh: Object-oriented programming in a shell script.
3 # Script by Stephane Chazelas.
4
5 # Important Note:
6 # --------- ----
7 # If running this script under version 3 or later of Bash,
8 #+ replace all periods in function names with a "legal" character,
9 #+ for example, an underscore.
10
11
12 person.new() # Looks almost like a class declaration in C++.
13 {
14 local obj_name=$1 name=$2 firstname=$3 birthdate=$4
15
16 eval "$obj_name.set_name() {
17 eval \"$obj_name.get_name() {
18 echo \$1
19 }\"
20 }"
21
22 eval "$obj_name.set_firstname() {
23 eval \"$obj_name.get_firstname() {
24 echo \$1
25 }\"
26 }"
27
28 eval "$obj_name.set_birthdate() {
29 eval \"$obj_name.get_birthdate() {
30 echo \$1
31 }\"
32 eval \"$obj_name.show_birthdate() {
33 echo \$(date -d \"1/1/1970 0:0:\$1 GMT\")
34 }\"
35 eval \"$obj_name.get_age() {
36 echo \$(( (\$(date +%s) - \$1) / 3600 / 24 / 365 ))
37 }\"
38 }"
39
40 $obj_name.set_name $name
41 $obj_name.set_firstname $firstname
42 $obj_name.set_birthdate $birthdate
43 }
44
45 echo
46
47 person.new self Bozeman Bozo 101272413
48 # Create an instance of "person.new" (actually passing args to the function).
49
50 self.get_firstname # Bozo
51 self.get_name # Bozeman
52 self.get_age # 28
53 self.get_birthdate # 101272413
54 self.show_birthdate # Sat Mar 17 20:13:33 MST 1973
55
56 echo
57
58 # typeset -f
59 #+ to see the created functions (careful, it scrolls off the page).
60
61 exit 0 |
Mariusz Gniazdowski contributes a hash library for use in scripts.
Example A-21. Library of hash functions
1 # Hash:
2 # Hash function library
3 # Author: Mariusz Gniazdowski <mgniazd-at-gmail.com>
4 # Date: 2005-04-07
5
6 # Functions making emulating hashes in Bash a little less painful.
7
8
9 # Limitations:
10 # * Only global variables are supported.
11 # * Each hash instance generates one global variable per value.
12 # * Variable names collisions are possible
13 #+ if you define variable like __hash__hashname_key
14 # * Keys must use chars that can be part of a Bash variable name
15 #+ (no dashes, periods, etc.).
16 # * The hash is created as a variable:
17 # ... hashname_keyname
18 # So if somone will create hashes like:
19 # myhash_ + mykey = myhash__mykey
20 # myhash + _mykey = myhash__mykey
21 # Then there will be a collision.
22 # (This should not pose a major problem.)
23
24
25 Hash_config_varname_prefix=__hash__
26
27
28 # Emulates: hash[key]=value
29 #
30 # Params:
31 # 1 - hash
32 # 2 - key
33 # 3 - value
34 function hash_set {
35 eval "${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}=\"${3}\""
36 }
37
38
39 # Emulates: value=hash[key]
40 #
41 # Params:
42 # 1 - hash
43 # 2 - key
44 # 3 - value (name of global variable to set)
45 function hash_get_into {
46 eval "$3=\"\$${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}\""
47 }
48
49
50 # Emulates: echo hash[key]
51 #
52 # Params:
53 # 1 - hash
54 # 2 - key
55 # 3 - echo params (like -n, for example)
56 function hash_echo {
57 eval "echo $3 \"\$${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}\""
58 }
59
60
61 # Emulates: hash1[key1]=hash2[key2]
62 #
63 # Params:
64 # 1 - hash1
65 # 2 - key1
66 # 3 - hash2
67 # 4 - key2
68 function hash_copy {
69 eval "${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}\
70 =\"\$${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${3}_${4}\""
71 }
72
73
74 # Emulates: hash[keyN-1]=hash[key2]=...hash[key1]
75 #
76 # Copies first key to rest of keys.
77 #
78 # Params:
79 # 1 - hash1
80 # 2 - key1
81 # 3 - key2
82 # . . .
83 # N - keyN
84 function hash_dup {
85 local hashName="$1" keyName="$2"
86 shift 2
87 until [ ${#} -le 0 ]; do
88 eval "${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${hashName}_${1}\
89 =\"\$${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${hashName}_${keyName}\""
90 shift;
91 done;
92 }
93
94
95 # Emulates: unset hash[key]
96 #
97 # Params:
98 # 1 - hash
99 # 2 - key
100 function hash_unset {
101 eval "unset ${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}"
102 }
103
104
105 # Emulates something similar to: ref=&hash[key]
106 #
107 # The reference is name of the variable in which value is held.
108 #
109 # Params:
110 # 1 - hash
111 # 2 - key
112 # 3 - ref - Name of global variable to set.
113 function hash_get_ref_into {
114 eval "$3=\"${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}\""
115 }
116
117
118 # Emulates something similar to: echo &hash[key]
119 #
120 # That reference is name of variable in which value is held.
121 #
122 # Params:
123 # 1 - hash
124 # 2 - key
125 # 3 - echo params (like -n for example)
126 function hash_echo_ref {
127 eval "echo $3 \"${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}\""
128 }
129
130
131
132 # Emulates something similar to: $$hash[key](param1, param2, ...)
133 #
134 # Params:
135 # 1 - hash
136 # 2 - key
137 # 3,4, ... - Function parameters
138 function hash_call {
139 local hash key
140 hash=$1
141 key=$2
142 shift 2
143 eval "eval \"\$${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${hash}_${key} \\\"\\\$@\\\"\""
144 }
145
146
147 # Emulates something similar to: isset(hash[key]) or hash[key]==NULL
148 #
149 # Params:
150 # 1 - hash
151 # 2 - key
152 # Returns:
153 # 0 - there is such key
154 # 1 - there is no such key
155 function hash_is_set {
156 eval "if [[ \"\${${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}-a}\" = \"a\" &&
157 \"\${${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_${2}-b}\" = \"b\" ]]
158 then return 1; else return 0; fi"
159 }
160
161
162 # Emulates something similar to:
163 # foreach($hash as $key => $value) { fun($key,$value); }
164 #
165 # It is possible to write different variations of this function.
166 # Here we use a function call to make it as "generic" as possible.
167 #
168 # Params:
169 # 1 - hash
170 # 2 - function name
171 function hash_foreach {
172 local keyname oldIFS="$IFS"
173 IFS=' '
174 for i in $(eval "echo \${!${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_*}"); do
175 keyname=$(eval "echo \${i##${Hash_config_varname_prefix}${1}_}")
176 eval "$2 $keyname \"\$$i\""
177 done
178 IFS="$oldIFS"
179 }
180
181 # NOTE: In lines 103 and 116, ampersand changed.
182 # But, it doesn't matter, because these are comment lines anyhow. |
Here is an example script using the foregoing hash library.
Example A-22. Colorizing text using hash functions
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # hash-example.sh: Colorizing text.
3 # Author: Mariusz Gniazdowski <mgniazd-at-gmail.com>
4
5 . Hash.lib # Load the library of functions.
6
7 hash_set colors red "\033[0;31m"
8 hash_set colors blue "\033[0;34m"
9 hash_set colors light_blue "\033[1;34m"
10 hash_set colors light_red "\033[1;31m"
11 hash_set colors cyan "\033[0;36m"
12 hash_set colors light_green "\033[1;32m"
13 hash_set colors light_gray "\033[0;37m"
14 hash_set colors green "\033[0;32m"
15 hash_set colors yellow "\033[1;33m"
16 hash_set colors light_purple "\033[1;35m"
17 hash_set colors purple "\033[0;35m"
18 hash_set colors reset_color "\033[0;00m"
19
20
21 # $1 - keyname
22 # $2 - value
23 try_colors() {
24 echo -en "$2"
25 echo "This line is $1."
26 }
27 hash_foreach colors try_colors
28 hash_echo colors reset_color -en
29
30 echo -e '\nLet us overwrite some colors with yellow.\n'
31 # It's hard to read yellow text on some terminals.
32 hash_dup colors yellow red light_green blue green light_gray cyan
33 hash_foreach colors try_colors
34 hash_echo colors reset_color -en
35
36 echo -e '\nLet us delete them and try colors once more . . .\n'
37
38 for i in red light_green blue green light_gray cyan; do
39 hash_unset colors $i
40 done
41 hash_foreach colors try_colors
42 hash_echo colors reset_color -en
43
44 hash_set other txt "Other examples . . ."
45 hash_echo other txt
46 hash_get_into other txt text
47 echo $text
48
49 hash_set other my_fun try_colors
50 hash_call other my_fun purple "`hash_echo colors purple`"
51 hash_echo colors reset_color -en
52
53 echo; echo "Back to normal?"; echo
54
55 exit $?
56
57 # On some terminals, the "light" colors print in bold,
58 # and end up looking darker than the normal ones.
59 # Why is this?
60 |
An example illustrating the mechanics of hashing, but from a different point of view.
Example A-23. More on hash functions
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # $Id: ha.sh,v 1.2 2005/04/21 23:24:26 oliver Exp $
3 # Copyright 2005 Oliver Beckstein
4 # Released under the GNU Public License
5 # Author of script granted permission for inclusion in ABS Guide.
6 # (Thank you!)
7
8 #----------------------------------------------------------------
9 # pseudo hash based on indirect parameter expansion
10 # API: access through functions:
11 #
12 # create the hash:
13 #
14 # newhash Lovers
15 #
16 # add entries (note single quotes for spaces)
17 #
18 # addhash Lovers Tristan Isolde
19 # addhash Lovers 'Romeo Montague' 'Juliet Capulet'
20 #
21 # access value by key
22 #
23 # gethash Lovers Tristan ----> Isolde
24 #
25 # show all keys
26 #
27 # keyshash Lovers ----> 'Tristan' 'Romeo Montague'
28 #
29 #
30 # Convention: instead of perls' foo{bar} = boing' syntax,
31 # use
32 # '_foo_bar=boing' (two underscores, no spaces)
33 #
34 # 1) store key in _NAME_keys[]
35 # 2) store value in _NAME_values[] using the same integer index
36 # The integer index for the last entry is _NAME_ptr
37 #
38 # NOTE: No error or sanity checks, just bare bones.
39
40
41 function _inihash () {
42 # private function
43 # call at the beginning of each procedure
44 # defines: _keys _values _ptr
45 #
46 # usage: _inihash NAME
47 local name=$1
48 _keys=_${name}_keys
49 _values=_${name}_values
50 _ptr=_${name}_ptr
51 }
52
53 function newhash () {
54 # usage: newhash NAME
55 # NAME should not contain spaces or '.'
56 # Actually: it must be a legal name for a Bash variable.
57 # We rely on Bash automatically recognising arrays.
58 local name=$1
59 local _keys _values _ptr
60 _inihash ${name}
61 eval ${_ptr}=0
62 }
63
64
65 function addhash () {
66 # usage: addhash NAME KEY 'VALUE with spaces'
67 # arguments with spaces need to be quoted with single quotes ''
68 local name=$1 k="$2" v="$3"
69 local _keys _values _ptr
70 _inihash ${name}
71
72 #echo "DEBUG(addhash): ${_ptr}=${!_ptr}"
73
74 eval let ${_ptr}=${_ptr}+1
75 eval "$_keys[${!_ptr}]=\"${k}\""
76 eval "$_values[${!_ptr}]=\"${v}\""
77 }
78
79 function gethash () {
80 # usage: gethash NAME KEY
81 # returns boing
82 # ERR=0 if entry found, 1 otherwise
83 # That's not a proper hash --
84 #+ we simply linearly search through the keys.
85 local name=$1 key="$2"
86 local _keys _values _ptr
87 local k v i found h
88 _inihash ${name}
89
90 # _ptr holds the highest index in the hash
91 found=0
92
93 for i in $(seq 1 ${!_ptr}); do
94 h="\${${_keys}[${i}]}" # safer to do it in two steps
95 eval k=${h} # (especially when quoting for spaces)
96 if [ "${k}" = "${key}" ]; then found=1; break; fi
97 done;
98
99 [ ${found} = 0 ] && return 1;
100 # else: i is the index that matches the key
101 h="\${${_values}[${i}]}"
102 eval echo "${h}"
103 return 0;
104 }
105
106 function keyshash () {
107 # usage: keyshash NAME
108 # returns list of all keys defined for hash name
109 local name=$1 key="$2"
110 local _keys _values _ptr
111 local k i h
112 _inihash ${name}
113
114 # _ptr holds the highest index in the hash
115 for i in $(seq 1 ${!_ptr}); do
116 h="\${${_keys}[${i}]}" # Safer to do it in two steps
117 eval k=${h} # (especially when quoting for spaces)
118 echo -n "'${k}' "
119 done;
120 }
121
122
123 # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
124
125 # Now, let's test it.
126 # (Per comments at the beginning of the script.)
127 newhash Lovers
128 addhash Lovers Tristan Isolde
129 addhash Lovers 'Romeo Montague' 'Juliet Capulet'
130
131 # Output results.
132 echo
133 gethash Lovers Tristan # Isolde
134 echo
135 keyshash Lovers # 'Tristan' 'Romeo Montague'
136 echo; echo
137
138
139 exit 0
140
141 # Exercise:
142 # --------
143
144 # Add error checks to the functions. |
Now for a script that installs and mounts those cute USB keychain solid-state "hard drives."
Example A-24. Mounting USB keychain storage devices
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # ==> usb.sh
3 # ==> Script for mounting and installing pen/keychain USB storage devices.
4 # ==> Runs as root at system startup (see below).
5 # ==>
6 # ==> Newer Linux distros (2004 or later) autodetect
7 # ==> and install USB pen drives, and therefore don't need this script.
8 # ==> But, it's still instructive.
9
10 # This code is free software covered by GNU GPL license version 2 or above.
11 # Please refer to http://www.gnu.org/ for the full license text.
12 #
13 # Some code lifted from usb-mount by Michael Hamilton's usb-mount (LGPL)
14 #+ see http://users.actrix.co.nz/michael/usbmount.html
15 #
16 # INSTALL
17 # -------
18 # Put this in /etc/hotplug/usb/diskonkey.
19 # Then look in /etc/hotplug/usb.distmap, and copy all usb-storage entries
20 #+ into /etc/hotplug/usb.usermap, substituting "usb-storage" for "diskonkey".
21 # Otherwise this code is only run during the kernel module invocation/removal
22 #+ (at least in my tests), which defeats the purpose.
23 #
24 # TODO
25 # ----
26 # Handle more than one diskonkey device at one time (e.g. /dev/diskonkey1
27 #+ and /mnt/diskonkey1), etc. The biggest problem here is the handling in
28 #+ devlabel, which I haven't yet tried.
29 #
30 # AUTHOR and SUPPORT
31 # ------------------
32 # Konstantin Riabitsev, <icon linux duke edu>.
33 # Send any problem reports to my email address at the moment.
34 #
35 # ==> Comments added by ABS Guide author.
36
37
38
39 SYMLINKDEV=/dev/diskonkey
40 MOUNTPOINT=/mnt/diskonkey
41 DEVLABEL=/sbin/devlabel
42 DEVLABELCONFIG=/etc/sysconfig/devlabel
43 IAM=$0
44
45 ##
46 # Functions lifted near-verbatim from usb-mount code.
47 #
48 function allAttachedScsiUsb {
49 find /proc/scsi/ -path '/proc/scsi/usb-storage*' -type f |
50 xargs grep -l 'Attached: Yes'
51 }
52 function scsiDevFromScsiUsb {
53 echo $1 | awk -F"[-/]" '{ n=$(NF-1);
54 print "/dev/sd" substr("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz", n+1, 1) }'
55 }
56
57 if [ "${ACTION}" = "add" ] && [ -f "${DEVICE}" ]; then
58 ##
59 # lifted from usbcam code.
60 #
61 if [ -f /var/run/console.lock ]; then
62 CONSOLEOWNER=`cat /var/run/console.lock`
63 elif [ -f /var/lock/console.lock ]; then
64 CONSOLEOWNER=`cat /var/lock/console.lock`
65 else
66 CONSOLEOWNER=
67 fi
68 for procEntry in $(allAttachedScsiUsb); do
69 scsiDev=$(scsiDevFromScsiUsb $procEntry)
70 # Some bug with usb-storage?
71 # Partitions are not in /proc/partitions until they are accessed
72 #+ somehow.
73 /sbin/fdisk -l $scsiDev >/dev/null
74 ##
75 # Most devices have partitioning info, so the data would be on
76 #+ /dev/sd?1. However, some stupider ones don't have any partitioning
77 #+ and use the entire device for data storage. This tries to
78 #+ guess semi-intelligently if we have a /dev/sd?1 and if not, then
79 #+ it uses the entire device and hopes for the better.
80 #
81 if grep -q `basename $scsiDev`1 /proc/partitions; then
82 part="$scsiDev""1"
83 else
84 part=$scsiDev
85 fi
86 ##
87 # Change ownership of the partition to the console user so they can
88 #+ mount it.
89 #
90 if [ ! -z "$CONSOLEOWNER" ]; then
91 chown $CONSOLEOWNER:disk $part
92 fi
93 ##
94 # This checks if we already have this UUID defined with devlabel.
95 # If not, it then adds the device to the list.
96 #
97 prodid=`$DEVLABEL printid -d $part`
98 if ! grep -q $prodid $DEVLABELCONFIG; then
99 # cross our fingers and hope it works
100 $DEVLABEL add -d $part -s $SYMLINKDEV 2>/dev/null
101 fi
102 ##
103 # Check if the mount point exists and create if it doesn't.
104 #
105 if [ ! -e $MOUNTPOINT ]; then
106 mkdir -p $MOUNTPOINT
107 fi
108 ##
109 # Take care of /etc/fstab so mounting is easy.
110 #
111 if ! grep -q "^$SYMLINKDEV" /etc/fstab; then
112 # Add an fstab entry
113 echo -e \
114 "$SYMLINKDEV\t\t$MOUNTPOINT\t\tauto\tnoauto,owner,kudzu 0 0" \
115 >> /etc/fstab
116 fi
117 done
118 if [ ! -z "$REMOVER" ]; then
119 ##
120 # Make sure this script is triggered on device removal.
121 #
122 mkdir -p `dirname $REMOVER`
123 ln -s $IAM $REMOVER
124 fi
125 elif [ "${ACTION}" = "remove" ]; then
126 ##
127 # If the device is mounted, unmount it cleanly.
128 #
129 if grep -q "$MOUNTPOINT" /etc/mtab; then
130 # unmount cleanly
131 umount -l $MOUNTPOINT
132 fi
133 ##
134 # Remove it from /etc/fstab if it's there.
135 #
136 if grep -q "^$SYMLINKDEV" /etc/fstab; then
137 grep -v "^$SYMLINKDEV" /etc/fstab > /etc/.fstab.new
138 mv -f /etc/.fstab.new /etc/fstab
139 fi
140 fi
141
142 exit 0 |
A script that converts a text file to HTML format.
Example A-25. Converting to HTML
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # tohtml.sh
3
4 # Convert a text file to HTML format.
5 # Author: Mendel Cooper
6 # License: GPL3
7 # Usage: sh tohtml.sh < textfile > htmlfile
8 # Script can easily be modified to accept source and target filenames.
9
10 # Assumptions:
11 # 1) Paragraphs in (target) text file are separated by a blank line.
12 # 2) Jpeg images (*.jpg) are located in "images" subdirectory.
13 # 3) Emphasized (italic) phrases begin with a space+underscore
14 #+ or are the first character on the line,
15 #+ and end with an underscore+space or underscore+end-of-line.
16
17
18 # Settings
19 FNTSIZE=2 # Small-medium font size
20 IMGDIR="images" # Image directory
21 # Headers
22 HDR01='<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">'
23 HDR02='<!-- Converted to HTML by ***tohtml.sh*** script -->'
24 HDR03='<!-- script author: M. Leo Cooper <thegrendel@theriver.com> -->'
25 HDR10='<html>'
26 HDR11='<head>'
27 HDR11a='</head>'
28 HDR12a='<title>'
29 HDR12b='</title>'
30 HDR121='<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="tohtml.sh script">'
31 HDR13='<body bgcolor="#dddddd">' # Change background color to suit.
32 HDR14a='<font size='
33 HDR14b='>'
34 # Footers
35 FTR10='</body>'
36 FTR11='</html>'
37 # Tags
38 BOLD="<b>"
39 CENTER="<center>"
40 END_CENTER="</center>"
41 LF="<br>"
42
43
44 write_headers ()
45 {
46 echo "$HDR01"
47 echo
48 echo "$HDR02"
49 echo "$HDR03"
50 echo
51 echo
52 echo "$HDR10"
53 echo "$HDR11"
54 echo "$HDR121"
55 echo "$HDR11a"
56 echo "$HDR13"
57 echo
58 echo -n "$HDR14a"
59 echo -n "$FNTSIZE"
60 echo "$HDR14b"
61 echo
62 echo "$BOLD" # Everything in bold (more easily readable).
63 }
64
65
66 process_text ()
67 {
68 while read line # Read one line at a time.
69 do
70 {
71 if [ ! "$line" ] # Blank line?
72 then # Then new paragraph must follow.
73 echo
74 echo "$LF" # Insert two <br> tags.
75 echo "$LF"
76 echo
77 continue # Skip the underscore test.
78 else # Otherwise . . .
79
80 if [[ "$line" =~ "\[*jpg\]" ]] # Is a graphic?
81 then # Strip away brackets.
82 temp=$( echo "$line" | sed -e 's/\[//' -e 's/\]//' )
83 line=""$CENTER" <img src="\"$IMGDIR"/$temp\"> "$END_CENTER" "
84 # Add image tag.
85 # And, center it.
86 fi
87
88 fi
89
90
91 echo "$line" | grep -q _
92 if [ "$?" -eq 0 ] # If line contains underscore ...
93 then
94 # ===================================================
95 # Convert underscored phrase to italics.
96 temp=$( echo "$line" |
97 sed -e 's/ _/ <i>/' -e 's/_ /<\/i> /' |
98 sed -e 's/^_/<i>/' -e 's/_$/<\/i>/' )
99 # Process only underscores prefixed by space,
100 #+ followed by space, or at beginning or end of line.
101 # Do not convert underscores embedded within a word!
102 line="$temp"
103 # Slows script execution. Can be optimized?
104 # ===================================================
105 fi
106
107
108
109 echo
110 echo "$line"
111 echo
112 } # End while
113 done
114 } # End process_text ()
115
116
117 write_footers () # Proper termination tags.
118 {
119 echo "$FTR10"
120 echo "$FTR11"
121 }
122
123
124 # main () {
125 # =========
126 write_headers
127 process_text
128 write_footers
129 # =========
130 # }
131
132 exit $?
133
134 # Exercise:
135 # --------
136 # Add a test for the presence of a closing underscore
137 #+ in phrases to be italicized. |
Here is something to warm the hearts of webmasters and mistresses everywhere: a script that saves weblogs.
Example A-26. Preserving weblogs
1 #!/bin/bash 2 # archiveweblogs.sh v1.0 3 4 # Troy Engel <tengel@fluid.com> 5 # Slightly modified by document author. 6 # Used with permission. 7 # 8 # This script will preserve the normally rotated and 9 #+ thrown away weblogs from a default RedHat/Apache installation. 10 # It will save the files with a date/time stamp in the filename, 11 #+ bzipped, to a given directory. 12 # 13 # Run this from crontab nightly at an off hour, 14 #+ as bzip2 can suck up some serious CPU on huge logs: 15 # 0 2 * * * /opt/sbin/archiveweblogs.sh 16 17 18 PROBLEM=66 19 20 # Set this to your backup dir. 21 BKP_DIR=/opt/backups/weblogs 22 23 # Default Apache/RedHat stuff 24 LOG_DAYS="4 3 2 1" 25 LOG_DIR=/var/log/httpd 26 LOG_FILES="access_log error_log" 27 28 # Default RedHat program locations 29 LS=/bin/ls 30 MV=/bin/mv 31 ID=/usr/bin/id 32 CUT=/bin/cut 33 COL=/usr/bin/column 34 BZ2=/usr/bin/bzip2 35 36 # Are we root? 37 USER=`$ID -u` 38 if [ "X$USER" != "X0" ]; then 39 echo "PANIC: Only root can run this script!" 40 exit $PROBLEM 41 fi 42 43 # Backup dir exists/writable? 44 if [ ! -x $BKP_DIR ]; then 45 echo "PANIC: $BKP_DIR doesn't exist or isn't writable!" 46 exit $PROBLEM 47 fi 48 49 # Move, rename and bzip2 the logs 50 for logday in $LOG_DAYS; do 51 for logfile in $LOG_FILES; do 52 MYFILE="$LOG_DIR/$logfile.$logday" 53 if [ -w $MYFILE ]; then 54 DTS=`$LS -lgo --time-style=+%Y%m%d $MYFILE | $COL -t | $CUT -d ' ' -f7` 55 $MV $MYFILE $BKP_DIR/$logfile.$DTS 56 $BZ2 $BKP_DIR/$logfile.$DTS 57 else 58 # Only spew an error if the file exits (ergo non-writable). 59 if [ -f $MYFILE ]; then 60 echo "ERROR: $MYFILE not writable. Skipping." 61 fi 62 fi 63 done 64 done 65 66 exit 0 |
How do you keep the shell from expanding and reinterpreting strings?
Example A-27. Protecting literal strings
1 #! /bin/bash
2 # protect_literal.sh
3
4 # set -vx
5
6 :<<-'_Protect_Literal_String_Doc'
7
8 Copyright (c) Michael S. Zick, 2003; All Rights Reserved
9 License: Unrestricted reuse in any form, for any purpose.
10 Warranty: None
11 Revision: $ID$
12
13 Documentation redirected to the Bash no-operation.
14 Bash will '/dev/null' this block when the script is first read.
15 (Uncomment the above set command to see this action.)
16
17 Remove the first (Sha-Bang) line when sourcing this as a library
18 procedure. Also comment out the example use code in the two
19 places where shown.
20
21
22 Usage:
23 _protect_literal_str 'Whatever string meets your ${fancy}'
24 Just echos the argument to standard out, hard quotes
25 restored.
26
27 $(_protect_literal_str 'Whatever string meets your ${fancy}')
28 as the right-hand-side of an assignment statement.
29
30 Does:
31 As the right-hand-side of an assignment, preserves the
32 hard quotes protecting the contents of the literal during
33 assignment.
34
35 Notes:
36 The strange names (_*) are used to avoid trampling on
37 the user's chosen names when this is sourced as a
38 library.
39
40 _Protect_Literal_String_Doc
41
42 # The 'for illustration' function form
43
44 _protect_literal_str() {
45
46 # Pick an un-used, non-printing character as local IFS.
47 # Not required, but shows that we are ignoring it.
48 local IFS=$'\x1B' # \ESC character
49
50 # Enclose the All-Elements-Of in hard quotes during assignment.
51 local tmp=$'\x27'$@$'\x27'
52 # local tmp=$'\''$@$'\'' # Even uglier.
53
54 local len=${#tmp} # Info only.
55 echo $tmp is $len long. # Output AND information.
56 }
57
58 # This is the short-named version.
59 _pls() {
60 local IFS=$'x1B' # \ESC character (not required)
61 echo $'\x27'$@$'\x27' # Hard quoted parameter glob
62 }
63
64 # :<<-'_Protect_Literal_String_Test'
65 # # # Remove the above "# " to disable this code. # # #
66
67 # See how that looks when printed.
68 echo
69 echo "- - Test One - -"
70 _protect_literal_str 'Hello $user'
71 _protect_literal_str 'Hello "${username}"'
72 echo
73
74 # Which yields:
75 # - - Test One - -
76 # 'Hello $user' is 13 long.
77 # 'Hello "${username}"' is 21 long.
78
79 # Looks as expected, but why all of the trouble?
80 # The difference is hidden inside the Bash internal order
81 #+ of operations.
82 # Which shows when you use it on the RHS of an assignment.
83
84 # Declare an array for test values.
85 declare -a arrayZ
86
87 # Assign elements with various types of quotes and escapes.
88 arrayZ=( zero "$(_pls 'Hello ${Me}')" 'Hello ${You}' "\'Pass: ${pw}\'" )
89
90 # Now list that array and see what is there.
91 echo "- - Test Two - -"
92 for (( i=0 ; i<${#arrayZ[*]} ; i++ ))
93 do
94 echo Element $i: ${arrayZ[$i]} is: ${#arrayZ[$i]} long.
95 done
96 echo
97
98 # Which yields:
99 # - - Test Two - -
100 # Element 0: zero is: 4 long. # Our marker element
101 # Element 1: 'Hello ${Me}' is: 13 long. # Our "$(_pls '...' )"
102 # Element 2: Hello ${You} is: 12 long. # Quotes are missing
103 # Element 3: \'Pass: \' is: 10 long. # ${pw} expanded to nothing
104
105 # Now make an assignment with that result.
106 declare -a array2=( ${arrayZ[@]} )
107
108 # And print what happened.
109 echo "- - Test Three - -"
110 for (( i=0 ; i<${#array2[*]} ; i++ ))
111 do
112 echo Element $i: ${array2[$i]} is: ${#array2[$i]} long.
113 done
114 echo
115
116 # Which yields:
117 # - - Test Three - -
118 # Element 0: zero is: 4 long. # Our marker element.
119 # Element 1: Hello ${Me} is: 11 long. # Intended result.
120 # Element 2: Hello is: 5 long. # ${You} expanded to nothing.
121 # Element 3: 'Pass: is: 6 long. # Split on the whitespace.
122 # Element 4: ' is: 1 long. # The end quote is here now.
123
124 # Our Element 1 has had its leading and trailing hard quotes stripped.
125 # Although not shown, leading and trailing whitespace is also stripped.
126 # Now that the string contents are set, Bash will always, internally,
127 #+ hard quote the contents as required during its operations.
128
129 # Why?
130 # Considering our "$(_pls 'Hello ${Me}')" construction:
131 # " ... " -> Expansion required, strip the quotes.
132 # $( ... ) -> Replace with the result of..., strip this.
133 # _pls ' ... ' -> called with literal arguments, strip the quotes.
134 # The result returned includes hard quotes; BUT the above processing
135 #+ has already been done, so they become part of the value assigned.
136 #
137 # Similarly, during further usage of the string variable, the ${Me}
138 #+ is part of the contents (result) and survives any operations
139 # (Until explicitly told to evaluate the string).
140
141 # Hint: See what happens when the hard quotes ($'\x27') are replaced
142 #+ with soft quotes ($'\x22') in the above procedures.
143 # Interesting also is to remove the addition of any quoting.
144
145 # _Protect_Literal_String_Test
146 # # # Remove the above "# " to disable this code. # # #
147
148 exit 0 |
What if you want the shell to expand and reinterpret strings?
Example A-28. Unprotecting literal strings
1 #! /bin/bash
2 # unprotect_literal.sh
3
4 # set -vx
5
6 :<<-'_UnProtect_Literal_String_Doc'
7
8 Copyright (c) Michael S. Zick, 2003; All Rights Reserved
9 License: Unrestricted reuse in any form, for any purpose.
10 Warranty: None
11 Revision: $ID$
12
13 Documentation redirected to the Bash no-operation. Bash will
14 '/dev/null' this block when the script is first read.
15 (Uncomment the above set command to see this action.)
16
17 Remove the first (Sha-Bang) line when sourcing this as a library
18 procedure. Also comment out the example use code in the two
19 places where shown.
20
21
22 Usage:
23 Complement of the "$(_pls 'Literal String')" function.
24 (See the protect_literal.sh example.)
25
26 StringVar=$(_upls ProtectedSringVariable)
27
28 Does:
29 When used on the right-hand-side of an assignment statement;
30 makes the substitions embedded in the protected string.
31
32 Notes:
33 The strange names (_*) are used to avoid trampling on
34 the user's chosen names when this is sourced as a
35 library.
36
37
38 _UnProtect_Literal_String_Doc
39
40 _upls() {
41 local IFS=$'x1B' # \ESC character (not required)
42 eval echo $@ # Substitution on the glob.
43 }
44
45 # :<<-'_UnProtect_Literal_String_Test'
46 # # # Remove the above "# " to disable this code. # # #
47
48
49 _pls() {
50 local IFS=$'x1B' # \ESC character (not required)
51 echo $'\x27'$@$'\x27' # Hard quoted parameter glob
52 }
53
54 # Declare an array for test values.
55 declare -a arrayZ
56
57 # Assign elements with various types of quotes and escapes.
58 arrayZ=( zero "$(_pls 'Hello ${Me}')" 'Hello ${You}' "\'Pass: ${pw}\'" )
59
60 # Now make an assignment with that result.
61 declare -a array2=( ${arrayZ[@]} )
62
63 # Which yielded:
64 # - - Test Three - -
65 # Element 0: zero is: 4 long # Our marker element.
66 # Element 1: Hello ${Me} is: 11 long # Intended result.
67 # Element 2: Hello is: 5 long # ${You} expanded to nothing.
68 # Element 3: 'Pass: is: 6 long # Split on the whitespace.
69 # Element 4: ' is: 1 long # The end quote is here now.
70
71 # set -vx
72
73 # Initialize 'Me' to something for the embedded ${Me} substitution.
74 # This needs to be done ONLY just prior to evaluating the
75 #+ protected string.
76 # (This is why it was protected to begin with.)
77
78 Me="to the array guy."
79
80 # Set a string variable destination to the result.
81 newVar=$(_upls ${array2[1]})
82
83 # Show what the contents are.
84 echo $newVar
85
86 # Do we really need a function to do this?
87 newerVar=$(eval echo ${array2[1]})
88 echo $newerVar
89
90 # I guess not, but the _upls function gives us a place to hang
91 #+ the documentation on.
92 # This helps when we forget what a # construction like:
93 #+ $(eval echo ... ) means.
94
95 # What if Me isn't set when the protected string is evaluated?
96 unset Me
97 newestVar=$(_upls ${array2[1]})
98 echo $newestVar
99
100 # Just gone, no hints, no runs, no errors.
101
102 # Why in the world?
103 # Setting the contents of a string variable containing character
104 #+ sequences that have a meaning in Bash is a general problem in
105 #+ script programming.
106 #
107 # This problem is now solved in eight lines of code
108 #+ (and four pages of description).
109
110 # Where is all this going?
111 # Dynamic content Web pages as an array of Bash strings.
112 # Content set per request by a Bash 'eval' command
113 #+ on the stored page template.
114 # Not intended to replace PHP, just an interesting thing to do.
115 ###
116 # Don't have a webserver application?
117 # No problem, check the example directory of the Bash source;
118 #+ there is a Bash script for that also.
119
120 # _UnProtect_Literal_String_Test
121 # # # Remove the above "# " to disable this code. # # #
122
123 exit 0 |
This powerful script helps hunt down spammers.
Example A-29. Spammer Identification
1 #!/bin/bash
2
3 # $Id: is_spammer.bash,v 1.12.2.11 2004/10/01 21:42:33 mszick Exp $
4 # Above line is RCS info.
5
6 # The latest version of this script is available from http://www.morethan.org.
7 #
8 # Spammer-identification
9 # by Michael S. Zick
10 # Used in the ABS Guide with permission.
11
12
13
14 #######################################################
15 # Documentation
16 # See also "Quickstart" at end of script.
17 #######################################################
18
19 :<<-'__is_spammer_Doc_'
20
21 Copyright (c) Michael S. Zick, 2004
22 License: Unrestricted reuse in any form, for any purpose.
23 Warranty: None -{Its a script; the user is on their own.}-
24
25 Impatient?
26 Application code: goto "# # # Hunt the Spammer' program code # # #"
27 Example output: ":<<-'_is_spammer_outputs_'"
28 How to use: Enter script name without arguments.
29 Or goto "Quickstart" at end of script.
30
31 Provides
32 Given a domain name or IP(v4) address as input:
33
34 Does an exhaustive set of queries to find the associated
35 network resources (short of recursing into TLDs).
36
37 Checks the IP(v4) addresses found against Blacklist
38 nameservers.
39
40 If found to be a blacklisted IP(v4) address,
41 reports the blacklist text records.
42 (Usually hyper-links to the specific report.)
43
44 Requires
45 A working Internet connection.
46 (Exercise: Add check and/or abort if not on-line when running script.)
47 Bash with arrays (2.05b+).
48
49 The external program 'dig' --
50 a utility program provided with the 'bind' set of programs.
51 Specifically, the version which is part of Bind series 9.x
52 See: http://www.isc.org
53
54 All usages of 'dig' are limited to wrapper functions,
55 which may be rewritten as required.
56 See: dig_wrappers.bash for details.
57 ("Additional documentation" -- below)
58
59 Usage
60 Script requires a single argument, which may be:
61 1) A domain name;
62 2) An IP(v4) address;
63 3) A filename, with one name or address per line.
64
65 Script accepts an optional second argument, which may be:
66 1) A Blacklist server name;
67 2) A filename, with one Blacklist server name per line.
68
69 If the second argument is not provided, the script uses
70 a built-in set of (free) Blacklist servers.
71
72 See also, the Quickstart at the end of this script (after 'exit').
73
74 Return Codes
75 0 - All OK
76 1 - Script failure
77 2 - Something is Blacklisted
78
79 Optional environment variables
80 SPAMMER_TRACE
81 If set to a writable file,
82 script will log an execution flow trace.
83
84 SPAMMER_DATA
85 If set to a writable file, script will dump its
86 discovered data in the form of GraphViz file.
87 See: http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz
88
89 SPAMMER_LIMIT
90 Limits the depth of resource tracing.
91
92 Default is 2 levels.
93
94 A setting of 0 (zero) means 'unlimited' . . .
95 Caution: script might recurse the whole Internet!
96
97 A limit of 1 or 2 is most useful when processing
98 a file of domain names and addresses.
99 A higher limit can be useful when hunting spam gangs.
100
101
102 Additional documentation
103 Download the archived set of scripts
104 explaining and illustrating the function contained within this script.
105 http://personal.riverusers.com/mszick_clf.tar.bz2
106
107
108 Study notes
109 This script uses a large number of functions.
110 Nearly all general functions have their own example script.
111 Each of the example scripts have tutorial level comments.
112
113 Scripting project
114 Add support for IP(v6) addresses.
115 IP(v6) addresses are recognized but not processed.
116
117 Advanced project
118 Add the reverse lookup detail to the discovered information.
119
120 Report the delegation chain and abuse contacts.
121
122 Modify the GraphViz file output to include the
123 newly discovered information.
124
125 __is_spammer_Doc_
126
127 #######################################################
128
129
130
131
132 #### Special IFS settings used for string parsing. ####
133
134 # Whitespace == :Space:Tab:Line Feed:Carriage Return:
135 WSP_IFS=$'\x20'$'\x09'$'\x0A'$'\x0D'
136
137 # No Whitespace == Line Feed:Carriage Return
138 NO_WSP=$'\x0A'$'\x0D'
139
140 # Field separator for dotted decimal IP addresses
141 ADR_IFS=${NO_WSP}'.'
142
143 # Array to dotted string conversions
144 DOT_IFS='.'${WSP_IFS}
145
146 # # # Pending operations stack machine # # #
147 # This set of functions described in func_stack.bash.
148 # (See "Additional documentation" above.)
149 # # #
150
151 # Global stack of pending operations.
152 declare -f -a _pending_
153 # Global sentinel for stack runners
154 declare -i _p_ctrl_
155 # Global holder for currently executing function
156 declare -f _pend_current_
157
158 # # # Debug version only - remove for regular use # # #
159 #
160 # The function stored in _pend_hook_ is called
161 # immediately before each pending function is
162 # evaluated. Stack clean, _pend_current_ set.
163 #
164 # This thingy demonstrated in pend_hook.bash.
165 declare -f _pend_hook_
166 # # #
167
168 # The do nothing function
169 pend_dummy() { : ; }
170
171 # Clear and initialize the function stack.
172 pend_init() {
173 unset _pending_[@]
174 pend_func pend_stop_mark
175 _pend_hook_='pend_dummy' # Debug only.
176 }
177
178 # Discard the top function on the stack.
179 pend_pop() {
180 if [ ${#_pending_[@]} -gt 0 ]
181 then
182 local -i _top_
183 _top_=${#_pending_[@]}-1
184 unset _pending_[$_top_]
185 fi
186 }
187
188 # pend_func function_name [$(printf '%q\n' arguments)]
189 pend_func() {
190 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
191 set -f
192 _pending_[${#_pending_[@]}]=$@
193 set +f
194 }
195
196 # The function which stops the release:
197 pend_stop_mark() {
198 _p_ctrl_=0
199 }
200
201 pend_mark() {
202 pend_func pend_stop_mark
203 }
204
205 # Execute functions until 'pend_stop_mark' . . .
206 pend_release() {
207 local -i _top_ # Declare _top_ as integer.
208 _p_ctrl_=${#_pending_[@]}
209 while [ ${_p_ctrl_} -gt 0 ]
210 do
211 _top_=${#_pending_[@]}-1
212 _pend_current_=${_pending_[$_top_]}
213 unset _pending_[$_top_]
214 $_pend_hook_ # Debug only.
215 eval $_pend_current_
216 done
217 }
218
219 # Drop functions until 'pend_stop_mark' . . .
220 pend_drop() {
221 local -i _top_
222 local _pd_ctrl_=${#_pending_[@]}
223 while [ ${_pd_ctrl_} -gt 0 ]
224 do
225 _top_=$_pd_ctrl_-1
226 if [ "${_pending_[$_top_]}" == 'pend_stop_mark' ]
227 then
228 unset _pending_[$_top_]
229 break
230 else
231 unset _pending_[$_top_]
232 _pd_ctrl_=$_top_
233 fi
234 done
235 if [ ${#_pending_[@]} -eq 0 ]
236 then
237 pend_func pend_stop_mark
238 fi
239 }
240
241 #### Array editors ####
242
243 # This function described in edit_exact.bash.
244 # (See "Additional documentation," above.)
245 # edit_exact <excludes_array_name> <target_array_name>
246 edit_exact() {
247 [ $# -eq 2 ] ||
248 [ $# -eq 3 ] || return 1
249 local -a _ee_Excludes
250 local -a _ee_Target
251 local _ee_x
252 local _ee_t
253 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
254 set -f
255 eval _ee_Excludes=\( \$\{$1\[@\]\} \)
256 eval _ee_Target=\( \$\{$2\[@\]\} \)
257 local _ee_len=${#_ee_Target[@]} # Original length.
258 local _ee_cnt=${#_ee_Excludes[@]} # Exclude list length.
259 [ ${_ee_len} -ne 0 ] || return 0 # Can't edit zero length.
260 [ ${_ee_cnt} -ne 0 ] || return 0 # Can't edit zero length.
261 for (( x = 0; x < ${_ee_cnt} ; x++ ))
262 do
263 _ee_x=${_ee_Excludes[$x]}
264 for (( n = 0 ; n < ${_ee_len} ; n++ ))
265 do
266 _ee_t=${_ee_Target[$n]}
267 if [ x"${_ee_t}" == x"${_ee_x}" ]
268 then
269 unset _ee_Target[$n] # Discard match.
270 [ $# -eq 2 ] && break # If 2 arguments, then done.
271 fi
272 done
273 done
274 eval $2=\( \$\{_ee_Target\[@\]\} \)
275 set +f
276 return 0
277 }
278
279 # This function described in edit_by_glob.bash.
280 # edit_by_glob <excludes_array_name> <target_array_name>
281 edit_by_glob() {
282 [ $# -eq 2 ] ||
283 [ $# -eq 3 ] || return 1
284 local -a _ebg_Excludes
285 local -a _ebg_Target
286 local _ebg_x
287 local _ebg_t
288 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
289 set -f
290 eval _ebg_Excludes=\( \$\{$1\[@\]\} \)
291 eval _ebg_Target=\( \$\{$2\[@\]\} \)
292 local _ebg_len=${#_ebg_Target[@]}
293 local _ebg_cnt=${#_ebg_Excludes[@]}
294 [ ${_ebg_len} -ne 0 ] || return 0
295 [ ${_ebg_cnt} -ne 0 ] || return 0
296 for (( x = 0; x < ${_ebg_cnt} ; x++ ))
297 do
298 _ebg_x=${_ebg_Excludes[$x]}
299 for (( n = 0 ; n < ${_ebg_len} ; n++ ))
300 do
301 [ $# -eq 3 ] && _ebg_x=${_ebg_x}'*' # Do prefix edit
302 if [ ${_ebg_Target[$n]:=} ] #+ if defined & set.
303 then
304 _ebg_t=${_ebg_Target[$n]/#${_ebg_x}/}
305 [ ${#_ebg_t} -eq 0 ] && unset _ebg_Target[$n]
306 fi
307 done
308 done
309 eval $2=\( \$\{_ebg_Target\[@\]\} \)
310 set +f
311 return 0
312 }
313
314 # This function described in unique_lines.bash.
315 # unique_lines <in_name> <out_name>
316 unique_lines() {
317 [ $# -eq 2 ] || return 1
318 local -a _ul_in
319 local -a _ul_out
320 local -i _ul_cnt
321 local -i _ul_pos
322 local _ul_tmp
323 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
324 set -f
325 eval _ul_in=\( \$\{$1\[@\]\} \)
326 _ul_cnt=${#_ul_in[@]}
327 for (( _ul_pos = 0 ; _ul_pos < ${_ul_cnt} ; _ul_pos++ ))
328 do
329 if [ ${_ul_in[${_ul_pos}]:=} ] # If defined & not empty
330 then
331 _ul_tmp=${_ul_in[${_ul_pos}]}
332 _ul_out[${#_ul_out[@]}]=${_ul_tmp}
333 for (( zap = _ul_pos ; zap < ${_ul_cnt} ; zap++ ))
334 do
335 [ ${_ul_in[${zap}]:=} ] &&
336 [ 'x'${_ul_in[${zap}]} == 'x'${_ul_tmp} ] &&
337 unset _ul_in[${zap}]
338 done
339 fi
340 done
341 eval $2=\( \$\{_ul_out\[@\]\} \)
342 set +f
343 return 0
344 }
345
346 # This function described in char_convert.bash.
347 # to_lower <string>
348 to_lower() {
349 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1
350 local _tl_out
351 _tl_out=${1//A/a}
352 _tl_out=${_tl_out//B/b}
353 _tl_out=${_tl_out//C/c}
354 _tl_out=${_tl_out//D/d}
355 _tl_out=${_tl_out//E/e}
356 _tl_out=${_tl_out//F/f}
357 _tl_out=${_tl_out//G/g}
358 _tl_out=${_tl_out//H/h}
359 _tl_out=${_tl_out//I/i}
360 _tl_out=${_tl_out//J/j}
361 _tl_out=${_tl_out//K/k}
362 _tl_out=${_tl_out//L/l}
363 _tl_out=${_tl_out//M/m}
364 _tl_out=${_tl_out//N/n}
365 _tl_out=${_tl_out//O/o}
366 _tl_out=${_tl_out//P/p}
367 _tl_out=${_tl_out//Q/q}
368 _tl_out=${_tl_out//R/r}
369 _tl_out=${_tl_out//S/s}
370 _tl_out=${_tl_out//T/t}
371 _tl_out=${_tl_out//U/u}
372 _tl_out=${_tl_out//V/v}
373 _tl_out=${_tl_out//W/w}
374 _tl_out=${_tl_out//X/x}
375 _tl_out=${_tl_out//Y/y}
376 _tl_out=${_tl_out//Z/z}
377 echo ${_tl_out}
378 return 0
379 }
380
381 #### Application helper functions ####
382
383 # Not everybody uses dots as separators (APNIC, for example).
384 # This function described in to_dot.bash
385 # to_dot <string>
386 to_dot() {
387 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1
388 echo ${1//[#|@|%]/.}
389 return 0
390 }
391
392 # This function described in is_number.bash.
393 # is_number <input>
394 is_number() {
395 [ "$#" -eq 1 ] || return 1 # is blank?
396 [ x"$1" == 'x0' ] && return 0 # is zero?
397 local -i tst
398 let tst=$1 2>/dev/null # else is numeric!
399 return $?
400 }
401
402 # This function described in is_address.bash.
403 # is_address <input>
404 is_address() {
405 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1 # Blank ==> false
406 local -a _ia_input
407 local IFS=${ADR_IFS}
408 _ia_input=( $1 )
409 if [ ${#_ia_input[@]} -eq 4 ] &&
410 is_number ${_ia_input[0]} &&
411 is_number ${_ia_input[1]} &&
412 is_number ${_ia_input[2]} &&
413 is_number ${_ia_input[3]} &&
414 [ ${_ia_input[0]} -lt 256 ] &&
415 [ ${_ia_input[1]} -lt 256 ] &&
416 [ ${_ia_input[2]} -lt 256 ] &&
417 [ ${_ia_input[3]} -lt 256 ]
418 then
419 return 0
420 else
421 return 1
422 fi
423 }
424
425 # This function described in split_ip.bash.
426 # split_ip <IP_address>
427 #+ <array_name_norm> [<array_name_rev>]
428 split_ip() {
429 [ $# -eq 3 ] || # Either three
430 [ $# -eq 2 ] || return 1 #+ or two arguments
431 local -a _si_input
432 local IFS=${ADR_IFS}
433 _si_input=( $1 )
434 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
435 eval $2=\(\ \$\{_si_input\[@\]\}\ \)
436 if [ $# -eq 3 ]
437 then
438 # Build query order array.
439 local -a _dns_ip
440 _dns_ip[0]=${_si_input[3]}
441 _dns_ip[1]=${_si_input[2]}
442 _dns_ip[2]=${_si_input[1]}
443 _dns_ip[3]=${_si_input[0]}
444 eval $3=\(\ \$\{_dns_ip\[@\]\}\ \)
445 fi
446 return 0
447 }
448
449 # This function described in dot_array.bash.
450 # dot_array <array_name>
451 dot_array() {
452 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1 # Single argument required.
453 local -a _da_input
454 eval _da_input=\(\ \$\{$1\[@\]\}\ \)
455 local IFS=${DOT_IFS}
456 local _da_output=${_da_input[@]}
457 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
458 echo ${_da_output}
459 return 0
460 }
461
462 # This function described in file_to_array.bash
463 # file_to_array <file_name> <line_array_name>
464 file_to_array() {
465 [ $# -eq 2 ] || return 1 # Two arguments required.
466 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
467 local -a _fta_tmp_
468 _fta_tmp_=( $(cat $1) )
469 eval $2=\( \$\{_fta_tmp_\[@\]\} \)
470 return 0
471 }
472
473 # Columnized print of an array of multi-field strings.
474 # col_print <array_name> <min_space> <
475 #+ tab_stop [tab_stops]>
476 col_print() {
477 [ $# -gt 2 ] || return 0
478 local -a _cp_inp
479 local -a _cp_spc
480 local -a _cp_line
481 local _cp_min
482 local _cp_mcnt
483 local _cp_pos
484 local _cp_cnt
485 local _cp_tab
486 local -i _cp
487 local -i _cpf
488 local _cp_fld
489 # WARNING: FOLLOWING LINE NOT BLANK -- IT IS QUOTED SPACES.
490 local _cp_max=' '
491 set -f
492 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
493 eval _cp_inp=\(\ \$\{$1\[@\]\}\ \)
494 [ ${#_cp_inp[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0 # Empty is easy.
495 _cp_mcnt=$2
496 _cp_min=${_cp_max:1:${_cp_mcnt}}
497 shift
498 shift
499 _cp_cnt=$#
500 for (( _cp = 0 ; _cp < _cp_cnt ; _cp++ ))
501 do
502 _cp_spc[${#_cp_spc[@]}]="${_cp_max:2:$1}" #"
503 shift
504 done
505 _cp_cnt=${#_cp_inp[@]}
506 for (( _cp = 0 ; _cp < _cp_cnt ; _cp++ ))
507 do
508 _cp_pos=1
509 IFS=${NO_WSP}$'\x20'
510 _cp_line=( ${_cp_inp[${_cp}]} )
511 IFS=${NO_WSP}
512 for (( _cpf = 0 ; _cpf < ${#_cp_line[@]} ; _cpf++ ))
513 do
514 _cp_tab=${_cp_spc[${_cpf}]:${_cp_pos}}
515 if [ ${#_cp_tab} -lt ${_cp_mcnt} ]
516 then
517 _cp_tab="${_cp_min}"
518 fi
519 echo -n "${_cp_tab}"
520 (( _cp_pos = ${_cp_pos} + ${#_cp_tab} ))
521 _cp_fld="${_cp_line[${_cpf}]}"
522 echo -n ${_cp_fld}
523 (( _cp_pos = ${_cp_pos} + ${#_cp_fld} ))
524 done
525 echo
526 done
527 set +f
528 return 0
529 }
530
531 # # # # 'Hunt the Spammer' data flow # # # #
532
533 # Application return code
534 declare -i _hs_RC
535
536 # Original input, from which IP addresses are removed
537 # After which, domain names to check
538 declare -a uc_name
539
540 # Original input IP addresses are moved here
541 # After which, IP addresses to check
542 declare -a uc_address
543
544 # Names against which address expansion run
545 # Ready for name detail lookup
546 declare -a chk_name
547
548 # Addresses against which name expansion run
549 # Ready for address detail lookup
550 declare -a chk_address
551
552 # Recursion is depth-first-by-name.
553 # The expand_input_address maintains this list
554 #+ to prohibit looking up addresses twice during
555 #+ domain name recursion.
556 declare -a been_there_addr
557 been_there_addr=( '127.0.0.1' ) # Whitelist localhost
558
559 # Names which we have checked (or given up on)
560 declare -a known_name
561
562 # Addresses which we have checked (or given up on)
563 declare -a known_address
564
565 # List of zero or more Blacklist servers to check.
566 # Each 'known_address' will be checked against each server,
567 #+ with negative replies and failures suppressed.
568 declare -a list_server
569
570 # Indirection limit - set to zero == no limit
571 indirect=${SPAMMER_LIMIT:=2}
572
573 # # # # 'Hunt the Spammer' information output data # # # #
574
575 # Any domain name may have multiple IP addresses.
576 # Any IP address may have multiple domain names.
577 # Therefore, track unique address-name pairs.
578 declare -a known_pair
579 declare -a reverse_pair
580
581 # In addition to the data flow variables; known_address
582 #+ known_name and list_server, the following are output to the
583 #+ external graphics interface file.
584
585 # Authority chain, parent -> SOA fields.
586 declare -a auth_chain
587
588 # Reference chain, parent name -> child name
589 declare -a ref_chain
590
591 # DNS chain - domain name -> address
592 declare -a name_address
593
594 # Name and service pairs - domain name -> service
595 declare -a name_srvc
596
597 # Name and resource pairs - domain name -> Resource Record
598 declare -a name_resource
599
600 # Parent and Child pairs - parent name -> child name
601 # This MAY NOT be the same as the ref_chain followed!
602 declare -a parent_child
603
604 # Address and Blacklist hit pairs - address->server
605 declare -a address_hits
606
607 # Dump interface file data
608 declare -f _dot_dump
609 _dot_dump=pend_dummy # Initially a no-op
610
611 # Data dump is enabled by setting the environment variable SPAMMER_DATA
612 #+ to the name of a writable file.
613 declare _dot_file
614
615 # Helper function for the dump-to-dot-file function
616 # dump_to_dot <array_name> <prefix>
617 dump_to_dot() {
618 local -a _dda_tmp
619 local -i _dda_cnt
620 local _dda_form=' '${2}'%04u %s\n'
621 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
622 eval _dda_tmp=\(\ \$\{$1\[@\]\}\ \)
623 _dda_cnt=${#_dda_tmp[@]}
624 if [ ${_dda_cnt} -gt 0 ]
625 then
626 for (( _dda = 0 ; _dda < _dda_cnt ; _dda++ ))
627 do
628 printf "${_dda_form}" \
629 "${_dda}" "${_dda_tmp[${_dda}]}" >>${_dot_file}
630 done
631 fi
632 }
633
634 # Which will also set _dot_dump to this function . . .
635 dump_dot() {
636 local -i _dd_cnt
637 echo '# Data vintage: '$(date -R) >${_dot_file}
638 echo '# ABS Guide: is_spammer.bash; v2, 2004-msz' >>${_dot_file}
639 echo >>${_dot_file}
640 echo 'digraph G {' >>${_dot_file}
641
642 if [ ${#known_name[@]} -gt 0 ]
643 then
644 echo >>${_dot_file}
645 echo '# Known domain name nodes' >>${_dot_file}
646 _dd_cnt=${#known_name[@]}
647 for (( _dd = 0 ; _dd < _dd_cnt ; _dd++ ))
648 do
649 printf ' N%04u [label="%s"] ;\n' \
650 "${_dd}" "${known_name[${_dd}]}" >>${_dot_file}
651 done
652 fi
653
654 if [ ${#known_address[@]} -gt 0 ]
655 then
656 echo >>${_dot_file}
657 echo '# Known address nodes' >>${_dot_file}
658 _dd_cnt=${#known_address[@]}
659 for (( _dd = 0 ; _dd < _dd_cnt ; _dd++ ))
660 do
661 printf ' A%04u [label="%s"] ;\n' \
662 "${_dd}" "${known_address[${_dd}]}" >>${_dot_file}
663 done
664 fi
665
666 echo >>${_dot_file}
667 echo '/*' >>${_dot_file}
668 echo ' * Known relationships :: User conversion to' >>${_dot_file}
669 echo ' * graphic form by hand or program required.' >>${_dot_file}
670 echo ' *' >>${_dot_file}
671
672 if [ ${#auth_chain[@]} -gt 0 ]
673 then
674 echo >>${_dot_file}
675 echo '# Authority ref. edges followed & field source.' >>${_dot_file}
676 dump_to_dot auth_chain AC
677 fi
678
679 if [ ${#ref_chain[@]} -gt 0 ]
680 then
681 echo >>${_dot_file}
682 echo '# Name ref. edges followed and field source.' >>${_dot_file}
683 dump_to_dot ref_chain RC
684 fi
685
686 if [ ${#name_address[@]} -gt 0 ]
687 then
688 echo >>${_dot_file}
689 echo '# Known name->address edges' >>${_dot_file}
690 dump_to_dot name_address NA
691 fi
692
693 if [ ${#name_srvc[@]} -gt 0 ]
694 then
695 echo >>${_dot_file}
696 echo '# Known name->service edges' >>${_dot_file}
697 dump_to_dot name_srvc NS
698 fi
699
700 if [ ${#name_resource[@]} -gt 0 ]
701 then
702 echo >>${_dot_file}
703 echo '# Known name->resource edges' >>${_dot_file}
704 dump_to_dot name_resource NR
705 fi
706
707 if [ ${#parent_child[@]} -gt 0 ]
708 then
709 echo >>${_dot_file}
710 echo '# Known parent->child edges' >>${_dot_file}
711 dump_to_dot parent_child PC
712 fi
713
714 if [ ${#list_server[@]} -gt 0 ]
715 then
716 echo >>${_dot_file}
717 echo '# Known Blacklist nodes' >>${_dot_file}
718 _dd_cnt=${#list_server[@]}
719 for (( _dd = 0 ; _dd < _dd_cnt ; _dd++ ))
720 do
721 printf ' LS%04u [label="%s"] ;\n' \
722 "${_dd}" "${list_server[${_dd}]}" >>${_dot_file}
723 done
724 fi
725
726 unique_lines address_hits address_hits
727 if [ ${#address_hits[@]} -gt 0 ]
728 then
729 echo >>${_dot_file}
730 echo '# Known address->Blacklist_hit edges' >>${_dot_file}
731 echo '# CAUTION: dig warnings can trigger false hits.' >>${_dot_file}
732 dump_to_dot address_hits AH
733 fi
734 echo >>${_dot_file}
735 echo ' *' >>${_dot_file}
736 echo ' * That is a lot of relationships. Happy graphing.' >>${_dot_file}
737 echo ' */' >>${_dot_file}
738 echo '}' >>${_dot_file}
739 return 0
740 }
741
742 # # # # 'Hunt the Spammer' execution flow # # # #
743
744 # Execution trace is enabled by setting the
745 #+ environment variable SPAMMER_TRACE to the name of a writable file.
746 declare -a _trace_log
747 declare _log_file
748
749 # Function to fill the trace log
750 trace_logger() {
751 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]=${_pend_current_}
752 }
753
754 # Dump trace log to file function variable.
755 declare -f _log_dump
756 _log_dump=pend_dummy # Initially a no-op.
757
758 # Dump the trace log to a file.
759 dump_log() {
760 local -i _dl_cnt
761 _dl_cnt=${#_trace_log[@]}
762 for (( _dl = 0 ; _dl < _dl_cnt ; _dl++ ))
763 do
764 echo ${_trace_log[${_dl}]} >> ${_log_file}
765 done
766 _dl_cnt=${#_pending_[@]}
767 if [ ${_dl_cnt} -gt 0 ]
768 then
769 _dl_cnt=${_dl_cnt}-1
770 echo '# # # Operations stack not empty # # #' >> ${_log_file}
771 for (( _dl = ${_dl_cnt} ; _dl >= 0 ; _dl-- ))
772 do
773 echo ${_pending_[${_dl}]} >> ${_log_file}
774 done
775 fi
776 }
777
778 # # # Utility program 'dig' wrappers # # #
779 #
780 # These wrappers are derived from the
781 #+ examples shown in dig_wrappers.bash.
782 #
783 # The major difference is these return
784 #+ their results as a list in an array.
785 #
786 # See dig_wrappers.bash for details and
787 #+ use that script to develop any changes.
788 #
789 # # #
790
791 # Short form answer: 'dig' parses answer.
792
793 # Forward lookup :: Name -> Address
794 # short_fwd <domain_name> <array_name>
795 short_fwd() {
796 local -a _sf_reply
797 local -i _sf_rc
798 local -i _sf_cnt
799 IFS=${NO_WSP}
800 echo -n '.'
801 # echo 'sfwd: '${1}
802 _sf_reply=( $(dig +short ${1} -c in -t a 2>/dev/null) )
803 _sf_rc=$?
804 if [ ${_sf_rc} -ne 0 ]
805 then
806 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='## Lookup error '${_sf_rc}' on '${1}' ##'
807 # [ ${_sf_rc} -ne 9 ] && pend_drop
808 return ${_sf_rc}
809 else
810 # Some versions of 'dig' return warnings on stdout.
811 _sf_cnt=${#_sf_reply[@]}
812 for (( _sf = 0 ; _sf < ${_sf_cnt} ; _sf++ ))
813 do
814 [ 'x'${_sf_reply[${_sf}]:0:2} == 'x;;' ] &&
815 unset _sf_reply[${_sf}]
816 done
817 eval $2=\( \$\{_sf_reply\[@\]\} \)
818 fi
819 return 0
820 }
821
822 # Reverse lookup :: Address -> Name
823 # short_rev <ip_address> <array_name>
824 short_rev() {
825 local -a _sr_reply
826 local -i _sr_rc
827 local -i _sr_cnt
828 IFS=${NO_WSP}
829 echo -n '.'
830 # echo 'srev: '${1}
831 _sr_reply=( $(dig +short -x ${1} 2>/dev/null) )
832 _sr_rc=$?
833 if [ ${_sr_rc} -ne 0 ]
834 then
835 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='## Lookup error '${_sr_rc}' on '${1}' ##'
836 # [ ${_sr_rc} -ne 9 ] && pend_drop
837 return ${_sr_rc}
838 else
839 # Some versions of 'dig' return warnings on stdout.
840 _sr_cnt=${#_sr_reply[@]}
841 for (( _sr = 0 ; _sr < ${_sr_cnt} ; _sr++ ))
842 do
843 [ 'x'${_sr_reply[${_sr}]:0:2} == 'x;;' ] &&
844 unset _sr_reply[${_sr}]
845 done
846 eval $2=\( \$\{_sr_reply\[@\]\} \)
847 fi
848 return 0
849 }
850
851 # Special format lookup used to query blacklist servers.
852 # short_text <ip_address> <array_name>
853 short_text() {
854 local -a _st_reply
855 local -i _st_rc
856 local -i _st_cnt
857 IFS=${NO_WSP}
858 # echo 'stxt: '${1}
859 _st_reply=( $(dig +short ${1} -c in -t txt 2>/dev/null) )
860 _st_rc=$?
861 if [ ${_st_rc} -ne 0 ]
862 then
863 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='##Text lookup error '${_st_rc}' on '${1}'##'
864 # [ ${_st_rc} -ne 9 ] && pend_drop
865 return ${_st_rc}
866 else
867 # Some versions of 'dig' return warnings on stdout.
868 _st_cnt=${#_st_reply[@]}
869 for (( _st = 0 ; _st < ${#_st_cnt} ; _st++ ))
870 do
871 [ 'x'${_st_reply[${_st}]:0:2} == 'x;;' ] &&
872 unset _st_reply[${_st}]
873 done
874 eval $2=\( \$\{_st_reply\[@\]\} \)
875 fi
876 return 0
877 }
878
879 # The long forms, a.k.a., the parse it yourself versions
880
881 # RFC 2782 Service lookups
882 # dig +noall +nofail +answer _ldap._tcp.openldap.org -t srv
883 # _<service>._<protocol>.<domain_name>
884 # _ldap._tcp.openldap.org. 3600 IN SRV 0 0 389 ldap.openldap.org.
885 # domain TTL Class SRV Priority Weight Port Target
886
887 # Forward lookup :: Name -> poor man's zone transfer
888 # long_fwd <domain_name> <array_name>
889 long_fwd() {
890 local -a _lf_reply
891 local -i _lf_rc
892 local -i _lf_cnt
893 IFS=${NO_WSP}
894 echo -n ':'
895 # echo 'lfwd: '${1}
896 _lf_reply=( $(
897 dig +noall +nofail +answer +authority +additional \
898 ${1} -t soa ${1} -t mx ${1} -t any 2>/dev/null) )
899 _lf_rc=$?
900 if [ ${_lf_rc} -ne 0 ]
901 then
902 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='# Zone lookup err '${_lf_rc}' on '${1}' #'
903 # [ ${_lf_rc} -ne 9 ] && pend_drop
904 return ${_lf_rc}
905 else
906 # Some versions of 'dig' return warnings on stdout.
907 _lf_cnt=${#_lf_reply[@]}
908 for (( _lf = 0 ; _lf < ${_lf_cnt} ; _lf++ ))
909 do
910 [ 'x'${_lf_reply[${_lf}]:0:2} == 'x;;' ] &&
911 unset _lf_reply[${_lf}]
912 done
913 eval $2=\( \$\{_lf_reply\[@\]\} \)
914 fi
915 return 0
916 }
917 # The reverse lookup domain name corresponding to the IPv6 address:
918 # 4321:0:1:2:3:4:567:89ab
919 # would be (nibble, I.E: Hexdigit) reversed:
920 # b.a.9.8.7.6.5.0.4.0.0.0.3.0.0.0.2.0.0.0.1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.1.2.3.4.IP6.ARPA.
921
922 # Reverse lookup :: Address -> poor man's delegation chain
923 # long_rev <rev_ip_address> <array_name>
924 long_rev() {
925 local -a _lr_reply
926 local -i _lr_rc
927 local -i _lr_cnt
928 local _lr_dns
929 _lr_dns=${1}'.in-addr.arpa.'
930 IFS=${NO_WSP}
931 echo -n ':'
932 # echo 'lrev: '${1}
933 _lr_reply=( $(
934 dig +noall +nofail +answer +authority +additional \
935 ${_lr_dns} -t soa ${_lr_dns} -t any 2>/dev/null) )
936 _lr_rc=$?
937 if [ ${_lr_rc} -ne 0 ]
938 then
939 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='# Deleg lkp error '${_lr_rc}' on '${1}' #'
940 # [ ${_lr_rc} -ne 9 ] && pend_drop
941 return ${_lr_rc}
942 else
943 # Some versions of 'dig' return warnings on stdout.
944 _lr_cnt=${#_lr_reply[@]}
945 for (( _lr = 0 ; _lr < ${_lr_cnt} ; _lr++ ))
946 do
947 [ 'x'${_lr_reply[${_lr}]:0:2} == 'x;;' ] &&
948 unset _lr_reply[${_lr}]
949 done
950 eval $2=\( \$\{_lr_reply\[@\]\} \)
951 fi
952 return 0
953 }
954
955 # # # Application specific functions # # #
956
957 # Mung a possible name; suppresses root and TLDs.
958 # name_fixup <string>
959 name_fixup(){
960 local -a _nf_tmp
961 local -i _nf_end
962 local _nf_str
963 local IFS
964 _nf_str=$(to_lower ${1})
965 _nf_str=$(to_dot ${_nf_str})
966 _nf_end=${#_nf_str}-1
967 [ ${_nf_str:${_nf_end}} != '.' ] &&
968 _nf_str=${_nf_str}'.'
969 IFS=${ADR_IFS}
970 _nf_tmp=( ${_nf_str} )
971 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
972 _nf_end=${#_nf_tmp[@]}
973 case ${_nf_end} in
974 0) # No dots, only dots.
975 echo
976 return 1
977 ;;
978 1) # Only a TLD.
979 echo
980 return 1
981 ;;
982 2) # Maybe okay.
983 echo ${_nf_str}
984 return 0
985 # Needs a lookup table?
986 if [ ${#_nf_tmp[1]} -eq 2 ]
987 then # Country coded TLD.
988 echo
989 return 1
990 else
991 echo ${_nf_str}
992 return 0
993 fi
994 ;;
995 esac
996 echo ${_nf_str}
997 return 0
998 }
999
1000 # Grope and mung original input(s).
1001 split_input() {
1002 [ ${#uc_name[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0
1003 local -i _si_cnt
1004 local -i _si_len
1005 local _si_str
1006 unique_lines uc_name uc_name
1007 _si_cnt=${#uc_name[@]}
1008 for (( _si = 0 ; _si < _si_cnt ; _si++ ))
1009 do
1010 _si_str=${uc_name[$_si]}
1011 if is_address ${_si_str}
1012 then
1013 uc_address[${#uc_address[@]}]=${_si_str}
1014 unset uc_name[$_si]
1015 else
1016 if ! uc_name[$_si]=$(name_fixup ${_si_str})
1017 then
1018 unset ucname[$_si]
1019 fi
1020 fi
1021 done
1022 uc_name=( ${uc_name[@]} )
1023 _si_cnt=${#uc_name[@]}
1024 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='#Input '${_si_cnt}' unchkd name input(s).#'
1025 _si_cnt=${#uc_address[@]}
1026 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='#Input '${_si_cnt}' unchkd addr input(s).#'
1027 return 0
1028 }
1029
1030 # # # Discovery functions -- recursively interlocked by external data # # #
1031 # # # The leading 'if list is empty; return 0' in each is required. # # #
1032
1033 # Recursion limiter
1034 # limit_chk() <next_level>
1035 limit_chk() {
1036 local -i _lc_lmt
1037 # Check indirection limit.
1038 if [ ${indirect} -eq 0 ] || [ $# -eq 0 ]
1039 then
1040 # The 'do-forever' choice
1041 echo 1 # Any value will do.
1042 return 0 # OK to continue.
1043 else
1044 # Limiting is in effect.
1045 if [ ${indirect} -lt ${1} ]
1046 then
1047 echo ${1} # Whatever.
1048 return 1 # Stop here.
1049 else
1050 _lc_lmt=${1}+1 # Bump the given limit.
1051 echo ${_lc_lmt} # Echo it.
1052 return 0 # OK to continue.
1053 fi
1054 fi
1055 }
1056
1057 # For each name in uc_name:
1058 # Move name to chk_name.
1059 # Add addresses to uc_address.
1060 # Pend expand_input_address.
1061 # Repeat until nothing new found.
1062 # expand_input_name <indirection_limit>
1063 expand_input_name() {
1064 [ ${#uc_name[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0
1065 local -a _ein_addr
1066 local -a _ein_new
1067 local -i _ucn_cnt
1068 local -i _ein_cnt
1069 local _ein_tst
1070 _ucn_cnt=${#uc_name[@]}
1071
1072 if ! _ein_cnt=$(limit_chk ${1})
1073 then
1074 return 0
1075 fi
1076
1077 for (( _ein = 0 ; _ein < _ucn_cnt ; _ein++ ))
1078 do
1079 if short_fwd ${uc_name[${_ein}]} _ein_new
1080 then
1081 for (( _ein_cnt = 0 ; _ein_cnt < ${#_ein_new[@]}; _ein_cnt++ ))
1082 do
1083 _ein_tst=${_ein_new[${_ein_cnt}]}
1084 if is_address ${_ein_tst}
1085 then
1086 _ein_addr[${#_ein_addr[@]}]=${_ein_tst}
1087 fi
1088 done
1089 fi
1090 done
1091 unique_lines _ein_addr _ein_addr # Scrub duplicates.
1092 edit_exact chk_address _ein_addr # Scrub pending detail.
1093 edit_exact known_address _ein_addr # Scrub already detailed.
1094 if [ ${#_ein_addr[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1095 then
1096 uc_address=( ${uc_address[@]} ${_ein_addr[@]} )
1097 pend_func expand_input_address ${1}
1098 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='#Add '${#_ein_addr[@]}' unchkd addr inp.#'
1099 fi
1100 edit_exact chk_name uc_name # Scrub pending detail.
1101 edit_exact known_name uc_name # Scrub already detailed.
1102 if [ ${#uc_name[@]} -gt 0 ]
1103 then
1104 chk_name=( ${chk_name[@]} ${uc_name[@]} )
1105 pend_func detail_each_name ${1}
1106 fi
1107 unset uc_name[@]
1108 return 0
1109 }
1110
1111 # For each address in uc_address:
1112 # Move address to chk_address.
1113 # Add names to uc_name.
1114 # Pend expand_input_name.
1115 # Repeat until nothing new found.
1116 # expand_input_address <indirection_limit>
1117 expand_input_address() {
1118 [ ${#uc_address[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0
1119 local -a _eia_addr
1120 local -a _eia_name
1121 local -a _eia_new
1122 local -i _uca_cnt
1123 local -i _eia_cnt
1124 local _eia_tst
1125 unique_lines uc_address _eia_addr
1126 unset uc_address[@]
1127 edit_exact been_there_addr _eia_addr
1128 _uca_cnt=${#_eia_addr[@]}
1129 [ ${_uca_cnt} -gt 0 ] &&
1130 been_there_addr=( ${been_there_addr[@]} ${_eia_addr[@]} )
1131
1132 for (( _eia = 0 ; _eia < _uca_cnt ; _eia++ ))
1133 do
1134 if short_rev ${_eia_addr[${_eia}]} _eia_new
1135 then
1136 for (( _eia_cnt = 0 ; _eia_cnt < ${#_eia_new[@]} ; _eia_cnt++ ))
1137 do
1138 _eia_tst=${_eia_new[${_eia_cnt}]}
1139 if _eia_tst=$(name_fixup ${_eia_tst})
1140 then
1141 _eia_name[${#_eia_name[@]}]=${_eia_tst}
1142 fi
1143 done
1144 fi
1145 done
1146 unique_lines _eia_name _eia_name # Scrub duplicates.
1147 edit_exact chk_name _eia_name # Scrub pending detail.
1148 edit_exact known_name _eia_name # Scrub already detailed.
1149 if [ ${#_eia_name[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1150 then
1151 uc_name=( ${uc_name[@]} ${_eia_name[@]} )
1152 pend_func expand_input_name ${1}
1153 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='#Add '${#_eia_name[@]}' unchkd name inp.#'
1154 fi
1155 edit_exact chk_address _eia_addr # Scrub pending detail.
1156 edit_exact known_address _eia_addr # Scrub already detailed.
1157 if [ ${#_eia_addr[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1158 then
1159 chk_address=( ${chk_address[@]} ${_eia_addr[@]} )
1160 pend_func detail_each_address ${1}
1161 fi
1162 return 0
1163 }
1164
1165 # The parse-it-yourself zone reply.
1166 # The input is the chk_name list.
1167 # detail_each_name <indirection_limit>
1168 detail_each_name() {
1169 [ ${#chk_name[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0
1170 local -a _den_chk # Names to check
1171 local -a _den_name # Names found here
1172 local -a _den_address # Addresses found here
1173 local -a _den_pair # Pairs found here
1174 local -a _den_rev # Reverse pairs found here
1175 local -a _den_tmp # Line being parsed
1176 local -a _den_auth # SOA contact being parsed
1177 local -a _den_new # The zone reply
1178 local -a _den_pc # Parent-Child gets big fast
1179 local -a _den_ref # So does reference chain
1180 local -a _den_nr # Name-Resource can be big
1181 local -a _den_na # Name-Address
1182 local -a _den_ns # Name-Service
1183 local -a _den_achn # Chain of Authority
1184 local -i _den_cnt # Count of names to detail
1185 local -i _den_lmt # Indirection limit
1186 local _den_who # Named being processed
1187 local _den_rec # Record type being processed
1188 local _den_cont # Contact domain
1189 local _den_str # Fixed up name string
1190 local _den_str2 # Fixed up reverse
1191 local IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1192
1193 # Local, unique copy of names to check
1194 unique_lines chk_name _den_chk
1195 unset chk_name[@] # Done with globals.
1196
1197 # Less any names already known
1198 edit_exact known_name _den_chk
1199 _den_cnt=${#_den_chk[@]}
1200
1201 # If anything left, add to known_name.
1202 [ ${_den_cnt} -gt 0 ] &&
1203 known_name=( ${known_name[@]} ${_den_chk[@]} )
1204
1205 # for the list of (previously) unknown names . . .
1206 for (( _den = 0 ; _den < _den_cnt ; _den++ ))
1207 do
1208 _den_who=${_den_chk[${_den}]}
1209 if long_fwd ${_den_who} _den_new
1210 then
1211 unique_lines _den_new _den_new
1212 if [ ${#_den_new[@]} -eq 0 ]
1213 then
1214 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]='0.0.0.0 '${_den_who}
1215 fi
1216
1217 # Parse each line in the reply.
1218 for (( _line = 0 ; _line < ${#_den_new[@]} ; _line++ ))
1219 do
1220 IFS=${NO_WSP}$'\x09'$'\x20'
1221 _den_tmp=( ${_den_new[${_line}]} )
1222 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1223 # If usable record and not a warning message . . .
1224 if [ ${#_den_tmp[@]} -gt 4 ] && [ 'x'${_den_tmp[0]} != 'x;;' ]
1225 then
1226 _den_rec=${_den_tmp[3]}
1227 _den_nr[${#_den_nr[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_rec}
1228 # Begin at RFC1033 (+++)
1229 case ${_den_rec} in
1230
1231 #<name> [<ttl>] [<class>] SOA <origin> <person>
1232 SOA) # Start Of Authority
1233 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1234 then
1235 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1236 _den_achn[${#_den_achn[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' SOA'
1237 # SOA origin -- domain name of master zone record
1238 if _den_str2=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[4]})
1239 then
1240 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str2}
1241 _den_achn[${#_den_achn[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str2}' SOA.O'
1242 fi
1243 # Responsible party e-mail address (possibly bogus).
1244 # Possibility of first.last@domain.name ignored.
1245 set -f
1246 if _den_str2=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[5]})
1247 then
1248 IFS=${ADR_IFS}
1249 _den_auth=( ${_den_str2} )
1250 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1251 if [ ${#_den_auth[@]} -gt 2 ]
1252 then
1253 _den_cont=${_den_auth[1]}
1254 for (( _auth = 2 ; _auth < ${#_den_auth[@]} ; _auth++ ))
1255 do
1256 _den_cont=${_den_cont}'.'${_den_auth[${_auth}]}
1257 done
1258 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_cont}'.'
1259 _den_achn[${#_den_achn[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_cont}'. SOA.C'
1260 fi
1261 fi
1262 set +f
1263 fi
1264 ;;
1265
1266
1267 A) # IP(v4) Address Record
1268 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1269 then
1270 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1271 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]=${_den_tmp[4]}' '${_den_str}
1272 _den_na[${#_den_na[@]}]=${_den_str}' '${_den_tmp[4]}
1273 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' A'
1274 else
1275 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]=${_den_tmp[4]}' unknown.domain'
1276 _den_na[${#_den_na[@]}]='unknown.domain '${_den_tmp[4]}
1277 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' unknown.domain A'
1278 fi
1279 _den_address[${#_den_address[@]}]=${_den_tmp[4]}
1280 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_tmp[4]}
1281 ;;
1282
1283 NS) # Name Server Record
1284 # Domain name being serviced (may be other than current)
1285 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1286 then
1287 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1288 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' NS'
1289
1290 # Domain name of service provider
1291 if _den_str2=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[4]})
1292 then
1293 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str2}
1294 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str2}' NSH'
1295 _den_ns[${#_den_ns[@]}]=${_den_str2}' NS'
1296 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_str}' '${_den_str2}
1297 fi
1298 fi
1299 ;;
1300
1301 MX) # Mail Server Record
1302 # Domain name being serviced (wildcards not handled here)
1303 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1304 then
1305 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1306 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' MX'
1307 fi
1308 # Domain name of service provider
1309 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[5]})
1310 then
1311 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1312 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' MXH'
1313 _den_ns[${#_den_ns[@]}]=${_den_str}' MX'
1314 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}
1315 fi
1316 ;;
1317
1318 PTR) # Reverse address record
1319 # Special name
1320 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1321 then
1322 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' PTR'
1323 # Host name (not a CNAME)
1324 if _den_str2=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[4]})
1325 then
1326 _den_rev[${#_den_rev[@]}]=${_den_str}' '${_den_str2}
1327 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str2}' PTRH'
1328 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}
1329 fi
1330 fi
1331 ;;
1332
1333 AAAA) # IP(v6) Address Record
1334 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1335 then
1336 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1337 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]=${_den_tmp[4]}' '${_den_str}
1338 _den_na[${#_den_na[@]}]=${_den_str}' '${_den_tmp[4]}
1339 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' AAAA'
1340 else
1341 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]=${_den_tmp[4]}' unknown.domain'
1342 _den_na[${#_den_na[@]}]='unknown.domain '${_den_tmp[4]}
1343 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' unknown.domain'
1344 fi
1345 # No processing for IPv6 addresses
1346 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_tmp[4]}
1347 ;;
1348
1349 CNAME) # Alias name record
1350 # Nickname
1351 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[0]})
1352 then
1353 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1354 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' CNAME'
1355 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}
1356 fi
1357 # Hostname
1358 if _den_str=$(name_fixup ${_den_tmp[4]})
1359 then
1360 _den_name[${#_den_name[@]}]=${_den_str}
1361 _den_ref[${#_den_ref[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}' CHOST'
1362 _den_pc[${#_den_pc[@]}]=${_den_who}' '${_den_str}
1363 fi
1364 ;;
1365 # TXT)
1366 # ;;
1367 esac
1368 fi
1369 done
1370 else # Lookup error == 'A' record 'unknown address'
1371 _den_pair[${#_den_pair[@]}]='0.0.0.0 '${_den_who}
1372 fi
1373 done
1374
1375 # Control dot array growth.
1376 unique_lines _den_achn _den_achn # Works best, all the same.
1377 edit_exact auth_chain _den_achn # Works best, unique items.
1378 if [ ${#_den_achn[@]} -gt 0 ]
1379 then
1380 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1381 auth_chain=( ${auth_chain[@]} ${_den_achn[@]} )
1382 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1383 fi
1384
1385 unique_lines _den_ref _den_ref # Works best, all the same.
1386 edit_exact ref_chain _den_ref # Works best, unique items.
1387 if [ ${#_den_ref[@]} -gt 0 ]
1388 then
1389 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1390 ref_chain=( ${ref_chain[@]} ${_den_ref[@]} )
1391 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1392 fi
1393
1394 unique_lines _den_na _den_na
1395 edit_exact name_address _den_na
1396 if [ ${#_den_na[@]} -gt 0 ]
1397 then
1398 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1399 name_address=( ${name_address[@]} ${_den_na[@]} )
1400 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1401 fi
1402
1403 unique_lines _den_ns _den_ns
1404 edit_exact name_srvc _den_ns
1405 if [ ${#_den_ns[@]} -gt 0 ]
1406 then
1407 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1408 name_srvc=( ${name_srvc[@]} ${_den_ns[@]} )
1409 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1410 fi
1411
1412 unique_lines _den_nr _den_nr
1413 edit_exact name_resource _den_nr
1414 if [ ${#_den_nr[@]} -gt 0 ]
1415 then
1416 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1417 name_resource=( ${name_resource[@]} ${_den_nr[@]} )
1418 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1419 fi
1420
1421 unique_lines _den_pc _den_pc
1422 edit_exact parent_child _den_pc
1423 if [ ${#_den_pc[@]} -gt 0 ]
1424 then
1425 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1426 parent_child=( ${parent_child[@]} ${_den_pc[@]} )
1427 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1428 fi
1429
1430 # Update list known_pair (Address and Name).
1431 unique_lines _den_pair _den_pair
1432 edit_exact known_pair _den_pair
1433 if [ ${#_den_pair[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1434 then
1435 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1436 known_pair=( ${known_pair[@]} ${_den_pair[@]} )
1437 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1438 fi
1439
1440 # Update list of reverse pairs.
1441 unique_lines _den_rev _den_rev
1442 edit_exact reverse_pair _den_rev
1443 if [ ${#_den_rev[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1444 then
1445 IFS=${NO_WSP}
1446 reverse_pair=( ${reverse_pair[@]} ${_den_rev[@]} )
1447 IFS=${WSP_IFS}
1448 fi
1449
1450 # Check indirection limit -- give up if reached.
1451 if ! _den_lmt=$(limit_chk ${1})
1452 then
1453 return 0
1454 fi
1455
1456 # Execution engine is LIFO. Order of pend operations is important.
1457 # Did we define any new addresses?
1458 unique_lines _den_address _den_address # Scrub duplicates.
1459 edit_exact known_address _den_address # Scrub already processed.
1460 edit_exact un_address _den_address # Scrub already waiting.
1461 if [ ${#_den_address[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1462 then
1463 uc_address=( ${uc_address[@]} ${_den_address[@]} )
1464 pend_func expand_input_address ${_den_lmt}
1465 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='# Add '${#_den_address[@]}' unchkd addr. #'
1466 fi
1467
1468 # Did we find any new names?
1469 unique_lines _den_name _den_name # Scrub duplicates.
1470 edit_exact known_name _den_name # Scrub already processed.
1471 edit_exact uc_name _den_name # Scrub already waiting.
1472 if [ ${#_den_name[@]} -gt 0 ] # Anything new?
1473 then
1474 uc_name=( ${uc_name[@]} ${_den_name[@]} )
1475 pend_func expand_input_name ${_den_lmt}
1476 _trace_log[${#_trace_log[@]}]='#Added '${#_den_name[@]}' unchkd name#'
1477 fi
1478 return 0
1479 }
1480
1481 # The parse-it-yourself delegation reply
1482 # Input is the chk_address list.
1483 # detail_each_address <indirection_limit>
1484 detail_each_address() {
1485 [ ${#chk_address[@]} -gt 0 ] || return 0
1486 unique_lines chk_address chk_address
1487 edit_exact known_address chk_address
1488 if [ ${#chk_address[@]} -gt 0 ]
1489 then
1490 known_address=( ${known_address[@]} ${chk_address[@]} )
1491 unset chk_address[@]
1492 fi
1493 return 0
1494 }
1495
1496 # # # Application specific output functions # # #
1497
1498 # Pretty print the known pairs.
1499 report_pairs() {
1500 echo
1501 echo 'Known network pairs.'
1502 col_print known_pair 2 5 30
1503
1504 if [ ${#auth_chain[@]} -gt 0 ]
1505 then
1506 echo
1507 echo 'Known chain of authority.'
1508 col_print auth_chain 2 5 30 55
1509 fi
1510
1511 if [ ${#reverse_pair[@]} -gt 0 ]
1512 then
1513 echo
1514 echo 'Known reverse pairs.'
1515 col_print reverse_pair 2 5 55
1516 fi
1517 return 0
1518 }
1519
1520 # Check an address against the list of blacklist servers.
1521 # A good place to capture for GraphViz: address->status(server(reports))
1522 # check_lists <ip_address>
1523 check_lists() {
1524 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1
1525 local -a _cl_fwd_addr
1526 local -a _cl_rev_addr
1527 local -a _cl_reply
1528 local -i _cl_rc
1529 local -i _ls_cnt
1530 local _cl_dns_addr
1531 local _cl_lkup
1532
1533 split_ip ${1} _cl_fwd_addr _cl_rev_addr
1534 _cl_dns_addr=$(dot_array _cl_rev_addr)'.'
1535 _ls_cnt=${#list_server[@]}
1536 echo ' Checking address '${1}
1537 for (( _cl = 0 ; _cl < _ls_cnt ; _cl++ ))
1538 do
1539 _cl_lkup=${_cl_dns_addr}${list_server[${_cl}]}
1540 if short_text ${_cl_lkup} _cl_reply
1541 then
1542 if [ ${#_cl_reply[@]} -gt 0 ]
1543 then
1544 echo ' Records from '${list_server[${_cl}]}
1545 address_hits[${#address_hits[@]}]=${1}' '${list_server[${_cl}]}
1546 _hs_RC=2
1547 for (( _clr = 0 ; _clr < ${#_cl_reply[@]} ; _clr++ ))
1548 do
1549 echo ' '${_cl_reply[${_clr}]}
1550 done
1551 fi
1552 fi
1553 done
1554 return 0
1555 }
1556
1557 # # # The usual application glue # # #
1558
1559 # Who did it?
1560 credits() {
1561 echo
1562 echo 'Advanced Bash Scripting Guide: is_spammer.bash, v2, 2004-msz'
1563 }
1564
1565 # How to use it?
1566 # (See also, "Quickstart" at end of script.)
1567 usage() {
1568 cat <<-'_usage_statement_'
1569 The script is_spammer.bash requires either one or two arguments.
1570
1571 arg 1) May be one of:
1572 a) A domain name
1573 b) An IPv4 address
1574 c) The name of a file with any mix of names
1575 and addresses, one per line.
1576
1577 arg 2) May be one of:
1578 a) A Blacklist server domain name
1579 b) The name of a file with Blacklist server
1580 domain names, one per line.
1581 c) If not present, a default list of (free)
1582 Blacklist servers is used.
1583 d) If a filename of an empty, readable, file
1584 is given,
1585 Blacklist server lookup is disabled.
1586
1587 All script output is written to stdout.
1588
1589 Return codes: 0 -> All OK, 1 -> Script failure,
1590 2 -> Something is Blacklisted.
1591
1592 Requires the external program 'dig' from the 'bind-9'
1593 set of DNS programs. See: http://www.isc.org
1594
1595 The domain name lookup depth limit defaults to 2 levels.
1596 Set the environment variable SPAMMER_LIMIT to change.
1597 SPAMMER_LIMIT=0 means 'unlimited'
1598
1599 Limit may also be set on the command line.
1600 If arg#1 is an integer, the limit is set to that value
1601 and then the above argument rules are applied.
1602
1603 Setting the environment variable 'SPAMMER_DATA' to a filename
1604 will cause the script to write a GraphViz graphic file.
1605
1606 For the development version;
1607 Setting the environment variable 'SPAMMER_TRACE' to a filename
1608 will cause the execution engine to log a function call trace.
1609
1610 _usage_statement_
1611 }
1612
1613 # The default list of Blacklist servers:
1614 # Many choices, see: http://www.spews.org/lists.html
1615
1616 declare -a default_servers
1617 # See: http://www.spamhaus.org (Conservative, well maintained)
1618 default_servers[0]='sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org'
1619 # See: http://ordb.org (Open mail relays)
1620 default_servers[1]='relays.ordb.org'
1621 # See: http://www.spamcop.net/ (You can report spammers here)
1622 default_servers[2]='bl.spamcop.net'
1623 # See: http://www.spews.org (An 'early detect' system)
1624 default_servers[3]='l2.spews.dnsbl.sorbs.net'
1625 # See: http://www.dnsbl.us.sorbs.net/using.shtml
1626 default_servers[4]='dnsbl.sorbs.net'
1627 # See: http://dsbl.org/usage (Various mail relay lists)
1628 default_servers[5]='list.dsbl.org'
1629 default_servers[6]='multihop.dsbl.org'
1630 default_servers[7]='unconfirmed.dsbl.org'
1631
1632 # User input argument #1
1633 setup_input() {
1634 if [ -e ${1} ] && [ -r ${1} ] # Name of readable file
1635 then
1636 file_to_array ${1} uc_name
1637 echo 'Using filename >'${1}'< as input.'
1638 else
1639 if is_address ${1} # IP address?
1640 then
1641 uc_address=( ${1} )
1642 echo 'Starting with address >'${1}'<'
1643 else # Must be a name.
1644 uc_name=( ${1} )
1645 echo 'Starting with domain name >'${1}'<'
1646 fi
1647 fi
1648 return 0
1649 }
1650
1651 # User input argument #2
1652 setup_servers() {
1653 if [ -e ${1} ] && [ -r ${1} ] # Name of a readable file
1654 then
1655 file_to_array ${1} list_server
1656 echo 'Using filename >'${1}'< as blacklist server list.'
1657 else
1658 list_server=( ${1} )
1659 echo 'Using blacklist server >'${1}'<'
1660 fi
1661 return 0
1662 }
1663
1664 # User environment variable SPAMMER_TRACE
1665 live_log_die() {
1666 if [ ${SPAMMER_TRACE:=} ] # Wants trace log?
1667 then
1668 if [ ! -e ${SPAMMER_TRACE} ]
1669 then
1670 if ! touch ${SPAMMER_TRACE} 2>/dev/null
1671 then
1672 pend_func echo $(printf '%q\n' \
1673 'Unable to create log file >'${SPAMMER_TRACE}'<')
1674 pend_release
1675 exit 1
1676 fi
1677 _log_file=${SPAMMER_TRACE}
1678 _pend_hook_=trace_logger
1679 _log_dump=dump_log
1680 else
1681 if [ ! -w ${SPAMMER_TRACE} ]
1682 then
1683 pend_func echo $(printf '%q\n' \
1684 'Unable to write log file >'${SPAMMER_TRACE}'<')
1685 pend_release
1686 exit 1
1687 fi
1688 _log_file=${SPAMMER_TRACE}
1689 echo '' > ${_log_file}
1690 _pend_hook_=trace_logger
1691 _log_dump=dump_log
1692 fi
1693 fi
1694 return 0
1695 }
1696
1697 # User environment variable SPAMMER_DATA
1698 data_capture() {
1699 if [ ${SPAMMER_DATA:=} ] # Wants a data dump?
1700 then
1701 if [ ! -e ${SPAMMER_DATA} ]
1702 then
1703 if ! touch ${SPAMMER_DATA} 2>/dev/null
1704 then
1705 pend_func echo $(printf '%q]n' \
1706 'Unable to create data output file >'${SPAMMER_DATA}'<')
1707 pend_release
1708 exit 1
1709 fi
1710 _dot_file=${SPAMMER_DATA}
1711 _dot_dump=dump_dot
1712 else
1713 if [ ! -w ${SPAMMER_DATA} ]
1714 then
1715 pend_func echo $(printf '%q\n' \
1716 'Unable to write data output file >'${SPAMMER_DATA}'<')
1717 pend_release
1718 exit 1
1719 fi
1720 _dot_file=${SPAMMER_DATA}
1721 _dot_dump=dump_dot
1722 fi
1723 fi
1724 return 0
1725 }
1726
1727 # Grope user specified arguments.
1728 do_user_args() {
1729 if [ $# -gt 0 ] && is_number $1
1730 then
1731 indirect=$1
1732 shift
1733 fi
1734
1735 case $# in # Did user treat us well?
1736 1)
1737 if ! setup_input $1 # Needs error checking.
1738 then
1739 pend_release
1740 $_log_dump
1741 exit 1
1742 fi
1743 list_server=( ${default_servers[@]} )
1744 _list_cnt=${#list_server[@]}
1745 echo 'Using default blacklist server list.'
1746 echo 'Search depth limit: '${indirect}
1747 ;;
1748 2)
1749 if ! setup_input $1 # Needs error checking.
1750 then
1751 pend_release
1752 $_log_dump
1753 exit 1
1754 fi
1755 if ! setup_servers $2 # Needs error checking.
1756 then
1757 pend_release
1758 $_log_dump
1759 exit 1
1760 fi
1761 echo 'Search depth limit: '${indirect}
1762 ;;
1763 *)
1764 pend_func usage
1765 pend_release
1766 $_log_dump
1767 exit 1
1768 ;;
1769 esac
1770 return 0
1771 }
1772
1773 # A general purpose debug tool.
1774 # list_array <array_name>
1775 list_array() {
1776 [ $# -eq 1 ] || return 1 # One argument required.
1777
1778 local -a _la_lines
1779 set -f
1780 local IFS=${NO_WSP}
1781 eval _la_lines=\(\ \$\{$1\[@\]\}\ \)
1782 echo
1783 echo "Element count "${#_la_lines[@]}" array "${1}
1784 local _ln_cnt=${#_la_lines[@]}
1785
1786 for (( _i = 0; _i < ${_ln_cnt}; _i++ ))
1787 do
1788 echo 'Element '$_i' >'${_la_lines[$_i]}'<'
1789 done
1790 set +f
1791 return 0
1792 }
1793
1794 # # # 'Hunt the Spammer' program code # # #
1795 pend_init # Ready stack engine.
1796 pend_func credits # Last thing to print.
1797
1798 # # # Deal with user # # #
1799 live_log_die # Setup debug trace log.
1800 data_capture # Setup data capture file.
1801 echo
1802 do_user_args $@
1803
1804 # # # Haven't exited yet - There is some hope # # #
1805 # Discovery group - Execution engine is LIFO - pend
1806 # in reverse order of execution.
1807 _hs_RC=0 # Hunt the Spammer return code
1808 pend_mark
1809 pend_func report_pairs # Report name-address pairs.
1810
1811 # The two detail_* are mutually recursive functions.
1812 # They also pend expand_* functions as required.
1813 # These two (the last of ???) exit the recursion.
1814 pend_func detail_each_address # Get all resources of addresses.
1815 pend_func detail_each_name # Get all resources of names.
1816
1817 # The two expand_* are mutually recursive functions,
1818 #+ which pend additional detail_* functions as required.
1819 pend_func expand_input_address 1 # Expand input names by address.
1820 pend_func expand_input_name 1 # #xpand input addresses by name.
1821
1822 # Start with a unique set of names and addresses.
1823 pend_func unique_lines uc_address uc_address
1824 pend_func unique_lines uc_name uc_name
1825
1826 # Separate mixed input of names and addresses.
1827 pend_func split_input
1828 pend_release
1829
1830 # # # Pairs reported -- Unique list of IP addresses found
1831 echo
1832 _ip_cnt=${#known_address[@]}
1833 if [ ${#list_server[@]} -eq 0 ]
1834 then
1835 echo 'Blacklist server list empty, none checked.'
1836 else
1837 if [ ${_ip_cnt} -eq 0 ]
1838 then
1839 echo 'Known address list empty, none checked.'
1840 else
1841 _ip_cnt=${_ip_cnt}-1 # Start at top.
1842 echo 'Checking Blacklist servers.'
1843 for (( _ip = _ip_cnt ; _ip >= 0 ; _ip-- ))
1844 do
1845 pend_func check_lists $( printf '%q\n' ${known_address[$_ip]} )
1846 done
1847 fi
1848 fi
1849 pend_release
1850 $_dot_dump # Graphics file dump
1851 $_log_dump # Execution trace
1852 echo
1853
1854
1855 ##############################
1856 # Example output from script #
1857 ##############################
1858 :<<-'_is_spammer_outputs_'
1859
1860 ./is_spammer.bash 0 web4.alojamentos7.com
1861
1862 Starting with domain name >web4.alojamentos7.com<
1863 Using default blacklist server list.
1864 Search depth limit: 0
1865 .:....::::...:::...:::.......::..::...:::.......::
1866 Known network pairs.
1867 66.98.208.97 web4.alojamentos7.com.
1868 66.98.208.97 ns1.alojamentos7.com.
1869 69.56.202.147 ns2.alojamentos.ws.
1870 66.98.208.97 alojamentos7.com.
1871 66.98.208.97 web.alojamentos7.com.
1872 69.56.202.146 ns1.alojamentos.ws.
1873 69.56.202.146 alojamentos.ws.
1874 66.235.180.113 ns1.alojamentos.org.
1875 66.235.181.192 ns2.alojamentos.org.
1876 66.235.180.113 alojamentos.org.
1877 66.235.180.113 web6.alojamentos.org.
1878 216.234.234.30 ns1.theplanet.com.
1879 12.96.160.115 ns2.theplanet.com.
1880 216.185.111.52 mail1.theplanet.com.
1881 69.56.141.4 spooling.theplanet.com.
1882 216.185.111.40 theplanet.com.
1883 216.185.111.40 www.theplanet.com.
1884 216.185.111.52 mail.theplanet.com.
1885
1886 Checking Blacklist servers.
1887 Checking address 66.98.208.97
1888 Records from dnsbl.sorbs.net
1889 "Spam Received See: http://www.dnsbl.sorbs.net/lookup.shtml?66.98.208.97"
1890 Checking address 69.56.202.147
1891 Checking address 69.56.202.146
1892 Checking address 66.235.180.113
1893 Checking address 66.235.181.192
1894 Checking address 216.185.111.40
1895 Checking address 216.234.234.30
1896 Checking address 12.96.160.115
1897 Checking address 216.185.111.52
1898 Checking address 69.56.141.4
1899
1900 Advanced Bash Scripting Guide: is_spammer.bash, v2, 2004-msz
1901
1902 _is_spammer_outputs_
1903
1904 exit ${_hs_RC}
1905
1906 ####################################################
1907 # The script ignores everything from here on down #
1908 #+ because of the 'exit' command, just above. #
1909 ####################################################
1910
1911
1912
1913 Quickstart
1914 ==========
1915
1916 Prerequisites
1917
1918 Bash version 2.05b or 3.00 (bash --version)
1919 A version of Bash which supports arrays. Array
1920 support is included by default Bash configurations.
1921
1922 'dig,' version 9.x.x (dig $HOSTNAME, see first line of output)
1923 A version of dig which supports the +short options.
1924 See: dig_wrappers.bash for details.
1925
1926
1927 Optional Prerequisites
1928
1929 'named,' a local DNS caching program. Any flavor will do.
1930 Do twice: dig $HOSTNAME
1931 Check near bottom of output for: SERVER: 127.0.0.1#53
1932 That means you have one running.
1933
1934
1935 Optional Graphics Support
1936
1937 'date,' a standard *nix thing. (date -R)
1938
1939 dot Program to convert graphic description file to a
1940 diagram. (dot -V)
1941 A part of the Graph-Viz set of programs.
1942 See: [http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz||GraphViz]
1943
1944 'dotty,' a visual editor for graphic description files.
1945 Also a part of the Graph-Viz set of programs.
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950 Quick Start
1951
1952 In the same directory as the is_spammer.bash script;
1953 Do: ./is_spammer.bash
1954
1955 Usage Details
1956
1957 1. Blacklist server choices.
1958
1959 (a) To use default, built-in list: Do nothing.
1960
1961 (b) To use your own list:
1962
1963 i. Create a file with a single Blacklist server
1964 domain name per line.
1965
1966 ii. Provide that filename as the last argument to
1967 the script.
1968
1969 (c) To use a single Blacklist server: Last argument
1970 to the script.
1971
1972 (d) To disable Blacklist lookups:
1973
1974 i. Create an empty file (touch spammer.nul)
1975 Your choice of filename.
1976
1977 ii. Provide the filename of that empty file as the
1978 last argument to the script.
1979
1980 2. Search depth limit.
1981
1982 (a) To use the default value of 2: Do nothing.
1983
1984 (b) To set a different limit:
1985 A limit of 0 means: no limit.
1986
1987 i. export SPAMMER_LIMIT=1
1988 or whatever limit you want.
1989
1990 ii. OR provide the desired limit as the first
1991 argument to the script.
1992
1993 3. Optional execution trace log.
1994
1995 (a) To use the default setting of no log output: Do nothing.
1996
1997 (b) To write an execution trace log:
1998 export SPAMMER_TRACE=spammer.log
1999 or whatever filename you want.
2000
2001 4. Optional graphic description file.
2002
2003 (a) To use the default setting of no graphic file: Do nothing.
2004
2005 (b) To write a Graph-Viz graphic description file:
2006 export SPAMMER_DATA=spammer.dot
2007 or whatever filename you want.
2008
2009 5. Where to start the search.
2010
2011 (a) Starting with a single domain name:
2012
2013 i. Without a command line search limit: First
2014 argument to script.
2015
2016 ii. With a command line search limit: Second
2017 argument to script.
2018
2019 (b) Starting with a single IP address:
2020
2021 i. Without a command line search limit: First
2022 argument to script.
2023
2024 ii. With a command line search limit: Second
2025 argument to script.
2026
2027 (c) Starting with (mixed) multiple name(s) and/or address(es):
2028 Create a file with one name or address per line.
2029 Your choice of filename.
2030
2031 i. Without a command line search limit: Filename as
2032 first argument to script.
2033
2034 ii. With a command line search limit: Filename as
2035 second argument to script.
2036
2037 6. What to do with the display output.
2038
2039 (a) To view display output on screen: Do nothing.
2040
2041 (b) To save display output to a file: Redirect stdout to a filename.
2042
2043 (c) To discard display output: Redirect stdout to /dev/null.
2044
2045 7. Temporary end of decision making.
2046 press RETURN
2047 wait (optionally, watch the dots and colons).
2048
2049 8. Optionally check the return code.
2050
2051 (a) Return code 0: All OK
2052
2053 (b) Return code 1: Script setup failure
2054
2055 (c) Return code 2: Something was blacklisted.
2056
2057 9. Where is my graph (diagram)?
2058
2059 The script does not directly produce a graph (diagram).
2060 It only produces a graphic description file. You can
2061 process the graphic descriptor file that was output
2062 with the 'dot' program.
2063
2064 Until you edit that descriptor file, to describe the
2065 relationships you want shown, all that you will get is
2066 a bunch of labeled name and address nodes.
2067
2068 All of the script's discovered relationships are within
2069 a comment block in the graphic descriptor file, each
2070 with a descriptive heading.
2071
2072 The editing required to draw a line between a pair of
2073 nodes from the information in the descriptor file may
2074 be done with a text editor.
2075
2076 Given these lines somewhere in the descriptor file:
2077
2078 # Known domain name nodes
2079
2080 N0000 [label="guardproof.info."] ;
2081
2082 N0002 [label="third.guardproof.info."] ;
2083
2084
2085
2086 # Known address nodes
2087
2088 A0000 [label="61.141.32.197"] ;
2089
2090
2091
2092 /*
2093
2094 # Known name->address edges
2095
2096 NA0000 third.guardproof.info. 61.141.32.197
2097
2098
2099
2100 # Known parent->child edges
2101
2102 PC0000 guardproof.info. third.guardproof.info.
2103
2104 */
2105
2106 Turn that into the following lines by substituting node
2107 identifiers into the relationships:
2108
2109 # Known domain name nodes
2110
2111 N0000 [label="guardproof.info."] ;
2112
2113 N0002 [label="third.guardproof.info."] ;
2114
2115
2116
2117 # Known address nodes
2118
2119 A0000 [label="61.141.32.197"] ;
2120
2121
2122
2123 # PC0000 guardproof.info. third.guardproof.info.
2124
2125 N0000->N0002 ;
2126
2127
2128
2129 # NA0000 third.guardproof.info. 61.141.32.197
2130
2131 N0002->A0000 ;
2132
2133
2134
2135 /*
2136
2137 # Known name->address edges
2138
2139 NA0000 third.guardproof.info. 61.141.32.197
2140
2141
2142
2143 # Known parent->child edges
2144
2145 PC0000 guardproof.info. third.guardproof.info.
2146
2147 */
2148
2149 Process that with the 'dot' program, and you have your
2150 first network diagram.
2151
2152 In addition to the conventional graphic edges, the
2153 descriptor file includes similar format pair-data that
2154 describes services, zone records (sub-graphs?),
2155 blacklisted addresses, and other things which might be
2156 interesting to include in your graph. This additional
2157 information could be displayed as different node
2158 shapes, colors, line sizes, etc.
2159
2160 The descriptor file can also be read and edited by a
2161 Bash script (of course). You should be able to find
2162 most of the functions required within the
2163 "is_spammer.bash" script.
2164
2165 # End Quickstart.
2166
2167
2168
2169 Additional Note
2170 ========== ====
2171
2172 Michael Zick points out that there is a "makeviz.bash" interactive
2173 Web site at rediris.es. Can't give the full URL, since this is not
2174 a publically accessible site. |
Another anti-spam script.
Example A-30. Spammer Hunt
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # whx.sh: "whois" spammer lookup
3 # Author: Walter Dnes
4 # Slight revisions (first section) by ABS Guide author.
5 # Used in ABS Guide with permission.
6
7 # Needs version 3.x or greater of Bash to run (because of =~ operator).
8 # Commented by script author and ABS Guide author.
9
10
11
12 E_BADARGS=65 # Missing command-line arg.
13 E_NOHOST=66 # Host not found.
14 E_TIMEOUT=67 # Host lookup timed out.
15 E_UNDEF=68 # Some other (undefined) error.
16 HOSTWAIT=10 # Specify up to 10 seconds for host query reply.
17 # The actual wait may be a bit longer.
18 OUTFILE=whois.txt # Output file.
19 PORT=4321
20
21
22 if [ -z "$1" ] # Check for (required) command-line arg.
23 then
24 echo "Usage: $0 domain name or IP address"
25 exit $E_BADARGS
26 fi
27
28
29 if [[ "$1" =~ "[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z]$" ]] # Ends in two alpha chars?
30 then # It's a domain name && must do host lookup.
31 IPADDR=$(host -W $HOSTWAIT $1 | awk '{print $4}')
32 # Doing host lookup to get IP address.
33 # Extract final field.
34 else
35 IPADDR="$1" # Command-line arg was IP address.
36 fi
37
38 echo; echo "IP Address is: "$IPADDR""; echo
39
40 if [ -e "$OUTFILE" ]
41 then
42 rm -f "$OUTFILE"
43 echo "Stale output file \"$OUTFILE\" removed."; echo
44 fi
45
46
47 # Sanity checks.
48 # (This section needs more work.)
49 # ===============================
50 if [ -z "$IPADDR" ]
51 # No response.
52 then
53 echo "Host not found!"
54 exit $E_NOHOST # Bail out.
55 fi
56
57 if [[ "$IPADDR" =~ "^[;;]" ]]
58 # ;; connection timed out; no servers could be reached
59 then
60 echo "Host lookup timed out!"
61 exit $E_TIMEOUT # Bail out.
62 fi
63
64 if [[ "$IPADDR" =~ "[(NXDOMAIN)]$" ]]
65 # Host xxxxxxxxx.xxx not found: 3(NXDOMAIN)
66 then
67 echo "Host not found!"
68 exit $E_NOHOST # Bail out.
69 fi
70
71 if [[ "$IPADDR" =~ "[(SERVFAIL)]$" ]]
72 # Host xxxxxxxxx.xxx not found: 2(SERVFAIL)
73 then
74 echo "Host not found!"
75 exit $E_NOHOST # Bail out.
76 fi
77
78
79
80
81 # ======================== Main body of script ========================
82
83 AFRINICquery() {
84 # Define the function that queries AFRINIC. Echo a notification to the
85 #+ screen, and then run the actual query, redirecting output to $OUTFILE.
86
87 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.afrinic.net"
88 whois -h whois.afrinic.net "$IPADDR" > $OUTFILE
89
90 # Check for presence of reference to an rwhois.
91 # Warn about non-functional rwhois.infosat.net server
92 #+ and attempt rwhois query.
93 if grep -e "^remarks: .*rwhois\.[^ ]\+" "$OUTFILE"
94 then
95 echo " " >> $OUTFILE
96 echo "***" >> $OUTFILE
97 echo "***" >> $OUTFILE
98 echo "Warning: rwhois.infosat.net was not working as of 2005/02/02" >> $OUTFILE
99 echo " when this script was written." >> $OUTFILE
100 echo "***" >> $OUTFILE
101 echo "***" >> $OUTFILE
102 echo " " >> $OUTFILE
103 RWHOIS=`grep "^remarks: .*rwhois\.[^ ]\+" "$OUTFILE" | tail -n 1 |\
104 sed "s/\(^.*\)\(rwhois\..*\)\(:4.*\)/\2/"`
105 whois -h ${RWHOIS}:${PORT} "$IPADDR" >> $OUTFILE
106 fi
107 }
108
109 APNICquery() {
110 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.apnic.net"
111 whois -h whois.apnic.net "$IPADDR" > $OUTFILE
112
113 # Just about every country has its own internet registrar.
114 # I don't normally bother consulting them, because the regional registry
115 #+ usually supplies sufficient information.
116 # There are a few exceptions, where the regional registry simply
117 #+ refers to the national registry for direct data.
118 # These are Japan and South Korea in APNIC, and Brasil in LACNIC.
119 # The following if statement checks $OUTFILE (whois.txt) for the presence
120 #+ of "KR" (South Korea) or "JP" (Japan) in the country field.
121 # If either is found, the query is re-run against the appropriate
122 #+ national registry.
123
124 if grep -E "^country:[ ]+KR$" "$OUTFILE"
125 then
126 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.krnic.net"
127 whois -h whois.krnic.net "$IPADDR" >> $OUTFILE
128 elif grep -E "^country:[ ]+JP$" "$OUTFILE"
129 then
130 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.nic.ad.jp"
131 whois -h whois.nic.ad.jp "$IPADDR"/e >> $OUTFILE
132 fi
133 }
134
135 ARINquery() {
136 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.arin.net"
137 whois -h whois.arin.net "$IPADDR" > $OUTFILE
138
139 # Several large internet providers listed by ARIN have their own
140 #+ internal whois service, referred to as "rwhois".
141 # A large block of IP addresses is listed with the provider
142 #+ under the ARIN registry.
143 # To get the IP addresses of 2nd-level ISPs or other large customers,
144 #+ one has to refer to the rwhois server on port 4321.
145 # I originally started with a bunch of "if" statements checking for
146 #+ the larger providers.
147 # This approach is unwieldy, and there's always another rwhois server
148 #+ that I didn't know about.
149 # A more elegant approach is to check $OUTFILE for a reference
150 #+ to a whois server, parse that server name out of the comment section,
151 #+ and re-run the query against the appropriate rwhois server.
152 # The parsing looks a bit ugly, with a long continued line inside
153 #+ backticks.
154 # But it only has to be done once, and will work as new servers are added.
155 #@ ABS Guide author comment: it isn't all that ugly, and is, in fact,
156 #@+ an instructive use of Regular Expressions.
157
158 if grep -E "^Comment: .*rwhois.[^ ]+" "$OUTFILE"
159 then
160 RWHOIS=`grep -e "^Comment:.*rwhois\.[^ ]\+" "$OUTFILE" | tail -n 1 |\
161 sed "s/^\(.*\)\(rwhois\.[^ ]\+\)\(.*$\)/\2/"`
162 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in ${RWHOIS}"
163 whois -h ${RWHOIS}:${PORT} "$IPADDR" >> $OUTFILE
164 fi
165 }
166
167 LACNICquery() {
168 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.lacnic.net"
169 whois -h whois.lacnic.net "$IPADDR" > $OUTFILE
170
171 # The following if statement checks $OUTFILE (whois.txt) for the presence of
172 #+ "BR" (Brasil) in the country field.
173 # If it is found, the query is re-run against whois.registro.br.
174
175 if grep -E "^country:[ ]+BR$" "$OUTFILE"
176 then
177 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.registro.br"
178 whois -h whois.registro.br "$IPADDR" >> $OUTFILE
179 fi
180 }
181
182 RIPEquery() {
183 echo "Searching for $IPADDR in whois.ripe.net"
184 whois -h whois.ripe.net "$IPADDR" > $OUTFILE
185 }
186
187 # Initialize a few variables.
188 # * slash8 is the most significant octet
189 # * slash16 consists of the two most significant octets
190 # * octet2 is the second most significant octet
191
192
193
194
195 slash8=`echo $IPADDR | cut -d. -f 1`
196 if [ -z "$slash8" ] # Yet another sanity check.
197 then
198 echo "Undefined error!"
199 exit $E_UNDEF
200 fi
201 slash16=`echo $IPADDR | cut -d. -f 1-2`
202 # ^ Period specified as 'cut" delimiter.
203 if [ -z "$slash16" ]
204 then
205 echo "Undefined error!"
206 exit $E_UNDEF
207 fi
208 octet2=`echo $slash16 | cut -d. -f 2`
209 if [ -z "$octet2" ]
210 then
211 echo "Undefined error!"
212 exit $E_UNDEF
213 fi
214
215
216 # Check for various odds and ends of reserved space.
217 # There is no point in querying for those addresses.
218
219 if [ $slash8 == 0 ]; then
220 echo $IPADDR is '"This Network"' space\; Not querying
221 elif [ $slash8 == 10 ]; then
222 echo $IPADDR is RFC1918 space\; Not querying
223 elif [ $slash8 == 14 ]; then
224 echo $IPADDR is '"Public Data Network"' space\; Not querying
225 elif [ $slash8 == 127 ]; then
226 echo $IPADDR is loopback space\; Not querying
227 elif [ $slash16 == 169.254 ]; then
228 echo $IPADDR is link-local space\; Not querying
229 elif [ $slash8 == 172 ] && [ $octet2 -ge 16 ] && [ $octet2 -le 31 ];then
230 echo $IPADDR is RFC1918 space\; Not querying
231 elif [ $slash16 == 192.168 ]; then
232 echo $IPADDR is RFC1918 space\; Not querying
233 elif [ $slash8 -ge 224 ]; then
234 echo $IPADDR is either Multicast or reserved space\; Not querying
235 elif [ $slash8 -ge 200 ] && [ $slash8 -le 201 ]; then LACNICquery "$IPADDR"
236 elif [ $slash8 -ge 202 ] && [ $slash8 -le 203 ]; then APNICquery "$IPADDR"
237 elif [ $slash8 -ge 210 ] && [ $slash8 -le 211 ]; then APNICquery "$IPADDR"
238 elif [ $slash8 -ge 218 ] && [ $slash8 -le 223 ]; then APNICquery "$IPADDR"
239
240 # If we got this far without making a decision, query ARIN.
241 # If a reference is found in $OUTFILE to APNIC, AFRINIC, LACNIC, or RIPE,
242 #+ query the appropriate whois server.
243
244 else
245 ARINquery "$IPADDR"
246 if grep "whois.afrinic.net" "$OUTFILE"; then
247 AFRINICquery "$IPADDR"
248 elif grep -E "^OrgID:[ ]+RIPE$" "$OUTFILE"; then
249 RIPEquery "$IPADDR"
250 elif grep -E "^OrgID:[ ]+APNIC$" "$OUTFILE"; then
251 APNICquery "$IPADDR"
252 elif grep -E "^OrgID:[ ]+LACNIC$" "$OUTFILE"; then
253 LACNICquery "$IPADDR"
254 fi
255 fi
256
257 #@ ---------------------------------------------------------------
258 # Try also:
259 # wget http://logi.cc/nw/whois.php3?ACTION=doQuery&DOMAIN=$IPADDR
260 #@ ---------------------------------------------------------------
261
262 # We've now finished the querying.
263 # Echo a copy of the final result to the screen.
264
265 cat $OUTFILE
266 # Or "less $OUTFILE" . . .
267
268
269 exit 0
270
271 #@ ABS Guide author comments:
272 #@ Nothing fancy here, but still a very useful tool for hunting spammers.
273 #@ Sure, the script can be cleaned up some, and it's still a bit buggy,
274 #@+ (exercise for reader), but all the same, it's a nice piece of coding
275 #@+ by Walter Dnes.
276 #@ Thank you! |
"Little Monster's" front end to wget.
Example A-31. Making wget easier to use
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # wgetter2.bash
3
4 # Author: Little Monster [monster@monstruum.co.uk]
5 # ==> Used in ABS Guide with permission of script author.
6 # ==> This script still needs debugging and fixups (exercise for reader).
7 # ==> It could also use some additional editing in the comments.
8
9
10 # This is wgetter2 --
11 #+ a Bash script to make wget a bit more friendly, and save typing.
12
13 # Carefully crafted by Little Monster.
14 # More or less complete on 02/02/2005.
15 # If you think this script can be improved,
16 #+ email me at: monster@monstruum.co.uk
17 # ==> and cc: to the author of the ABS Guide, please.
18 # This script is licenced under the GPL.
19 # You are free to copy, alter and re-use it,
20 #+ but please don't try to claim you wrote it.
21 # Log your changes here instead.
22
23 # =======================================================================
24 # changelog:
25
26 # 07/02/2005. Fixups by Little Monster.
27 # 02/02/2005. Minor additions by Little Monster.
28 # (See after # +++++++++++ )
29 # 29/01/2005. Minor stylistic edits and cleanups by author of ABS Guide.
30 # Added exit error codes.
31 # 22/11/2004. Finished initial version of second version of wgetter:
32 # wgetter2 is born.
33 # 01/12/2004. Changed 'runn' function so it can be run 2 ways --
34 # either ask for a file name or have one input on the CL.
35 # 01/12/2004. Made sensible handling of no URL's given.
36 # 01/12/2004. Made loop of main options, so you don't
37 # have to keep calling wgetter 2 all the time.
38 # Runs as a session instead.
39 # 01/12/2004. Added looping to 'runn' function.
40 # Simplified and improved.
41 # 01/12/2004. Added state to recursion setting.
42 # Enables re-use of previous value.
43 # 05/12/2004. Modified the file detection routine in the 'runn' function
44 # so it's not fooled by empty values, and is cleaner.
45 # 01/02/2004. Added cookie finding routine from later version (which
46 # isn't ready yet), so as not to have hard-coded paths.
47 # =======================================================================
48
49 # Error codes for abnormal exit.
50 E_USAGE=67 # Usage message, then quit.
51 E_NO_OPTS=68 # No command-line args entered.
52 E_NO_URLS=69 # No URLs passed to script.
53 E_NO_SAVEFILE=70 # No save filename passed to script.
54 E_USER_EXIT=71 # User decides to quit.
55
56
57 # Basic default wget command we want to use.
58 # This is the place to change it, if required.
59 # NB: if using a proxy, set http_proxy = yourproxy in .wgetrc.
60 # Otherwise delete --proxy=on, below.
61 # ====================================================================
62 CommandA="wget -nc -c -t 5 --progress=bar --random-wait --proxy=on -r"
63 # ====================================================================
64
65
66
67 # --------------------------------------------------------------------
68 # Set some other variables and explain them.
69
70 pattern=" -A .jpg,.JPG,.jpeg,.JPEG,.gif,.GIF,.htm,.html,.shtml,.php"
71 # wget's option to only get certain types of file.
72 # comment out if not using
73 today=`date +%F` # Used for a filename.
74 home=$HOME # Set HOME to an internal variable.
75 # In case some other path is used, change it here.
76 depthDefault=3 # Set a sensible default recursion.
77 Depth=$depthDefault # Otherwise user feedback doesn't tie in properly.
78 RefA="" # Set blank referring page.
79 Flag="" # Default to not saving anything,
80 #+ or whatever else might be wanted in future.
81 lister="" # Used for passing a list of urls directly to wget.
82 Woptions="" # Used for passing wget some options for itself.
83 inFile="" # Used for the run function.
84 newFile="" # Used for the run function.
85 savePath="$home/w-save"
86 Config="$home/.wgetter2rc"
87 # This is where some variables can be stored,
88 #+ if permanently changed from within the script.
89 Cookie_List="$home/.cookielist"
90 # So we know where the cookies are kept . . .
91 cFlag="" # Part of the cookie file selection routine.
92
93 # Define the options available. Easy to change letters here if needed.
94 # These are the optional options; you don't just wait to be asked.
95
96 save=s # Save command instead of executing it.
97 cook=c # Change cookie file for this session.
98 help=h # Usage guide.
99 list=l # Pass wget the -i option and URL list.
100 runn=r # Run saved commands as an argument to the option.
101 inpu=i # Run saved commands interactively.
102 wopt=w # Allow to enter options to pass directly to wget.
103 # --------------------------------------------------------------------
104
105
106 if [ -z "$1" ]; then # Make sure we get something for wget to eat.
107 echo "You must at least enter a URL or option!"
108 echo "-$help for usage."
109 exit $E_NO_OPTS
110 fi
111
112
113
114 # +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
115 # added added added added added added added added added added added added
116
117 if [ ! -e "$Config" ]; then # See if configuration file exists.
118 echo "Creating configuration file, $Config"
119 echo "# This is the configuration file for wgetter2" > "$Config"
120 echo "# Your customised settings will be saved in this file" >> "$Config"
121 else
122 source $Config # Import variables we set outside the script.
123 fi
124
125 if [ ! -e "$Cookie_List" ]; then
126 # Set up a list of cookie files, if there isn't one.
127 echo "Hunting for cookies . . ."
128 find -name cookies.txt >> $Cookie_List # Create the list of cookie files.
129 fi # Isolate this in its own 'if' statement,
130 #+ in case we got interrupted while searching.
131
132 if [ -z "$cFlag" ]; then # If we haven't already done this . . .
133 echo # Make a nice space after the command prompt.
134 echo "Looks like you haven't set up your source of cookies yet."
135 n=0 # Make sure the counter
136 #+ doesn't contain random values.
137 while read; do
138 Cookies[$n]=$REPLY # Put the cookie files we found into an array.
139 echo "$n) ${Cookies[$n]}" # Create a menu.
140 n=$(( n + 1 )) # Increment the counter.
141 done < $Cookie_List # Feed the read statement.
142 echo "Enter the number of the cookie file you want to use."
143 echo "If you won't be using cookies, just press RETURN."
144 echo
145 echo "I won't be asking this again. Edit $Config"
146 echo "If you decide to change at a later date"
147 echo "or use the -${cook} option for per session changes."
148 read
149 if [ ! -z $REPLY ]; then # User didn't just press return.
150 Cookie=" --load-cookies ${Cookies[$REPLY]}"
151 # Set the variable here as well as in the config file.
152
153 echo "Cookie=\" --load-cookies ${Cookies[$REPLY]}\"" >> $Config
154 fi
155 echo "cFlag=1" >> $Config # So we know not to ask again.
156 fi
157
158 # end added section end added section end added section end added section
159 # +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
160
161
162
163 # Another variable.
164 # This one may or may not be subject to variation.
165 # A bit like the small print.
166 CookiesON=$Cookie
167 # echo "cookie file is $CookiesON" # For debugging.
168 # echo "home is ${home}" # For debugging.
169 # Got caught with this one!
170
171
172 wopts()
173 {
174 echo "Enter options to pass to wget."
175 echo "It is assumed you know what you're doing."
176 echo
177 echo "You can pass their arguments here too."
178 # That is to say, everything passed here is passed to wget.
179
180 read Wopts
181 # Read in the options to be passed to wget.
182
183 Woptions=" $Wopts"
184 # ^ Why the leading space?
185 # Assign to another variable.
186 # Just for fun, or something . . .
187
188 echo "passing options ${Wopts} to wget"
189 # Mainly for debugging.
190 # Is cute.
191
192 return
193 }
194
195
196 save_func()
197 {
198 echo "Settings will be saved."
199 if [ ! -d $savePath ]; then # See if directory exists.
200 mkdir $savePath # Create the directory to save things in
201 #+ if it isn't already there.
202 fi
203
204 Flag=S
205 # Tell the final bit of code what to do.
206 # Set a flag since stuff is done in main.
207
208 return
209 }
210
211
212 usage() # Tell them how it works.
213 {
214 echo "Welcome to wgetter. This is a front end to wget."
215 echo "It will always run wget with these options:"
216 echo "$CommandA"
217 echo "and the pattern to match: $pattern \
218 (which you can change at the top of this script)."
219 echo "It will also ask you for recursion depth, \
220 and if you want to use a referring page."
221 echo "Wgetter accepts the following options:"
222 echo ""
223 echo "-$help : Display this help."
224 echo "-$save : Save the command to a file $savePath/wget-($today) \
225 instead of running it."
226 echo "-$runn : Run saved wget commands instead of starting a new one -"
227 echo "Enter filename as argument to this option."
228 echo "-$inpu : Run saved wget commands interactively --"
229 echo "The script will ask you for the filename."
230 echo "-$cook : Change the cookies file for this session."
231 echo "-$list : Tell wget to use URL's from a list instead of \
232 from the command line."
233 echo "-$wopt : Pass any other options direct to wget."
234 echo ""
235 echo "See the wget man page for additional options \
236 you can pass to wget."
237 echo ""
238
239 exit $E_USAGE # End here. Don't process anything else.
240 }
241
242
243
244 list_func() # Gives the user the option to use the -i option to wget,
245 #+ and a list of URLs.
246 {
247 while [ 1 ]; do
248 echo "Enter the name of the file containing URL's (press q to change
249 your mind)."
250 read urlfile
251 if [ ! -e "$urlfile" ] && [ "$urlfile" != q ]; then
252 # Look for a file, or the quit option.
253 echo "That file does not exist!"
254 elif [ "$urlfile" = q ]; then # Check quit option.
255 echo "Not using a url list."
256 return
257 else
258 echo "using $urlfile."
259 echo "If you gave url's on the command line, I'll use those first."
260 # Report wget standard behaviour to the user.
261 lister=" -i $urlfile" # This is what we want to pass to wget.
262 return
263 fi
264 done
265 }
266
267
268 cookie_func() # Give the user the option to use a different cookie file.
269 {
270 while [ 1 ]; do
271 echo "Change the cookies file. Press return if you don't want to change
272 it."
273 read Cookies
274 # NB: this is not the same as Cookie, earlier.
275 # There is an 's' on the end.
276 # Bit like chocolate chips.
277 if [ -z "$Cookies" ]; then # Escape clause for wusses.
278 return
279 elif [ ! -e "$Cookies" ]; then
280 echo "File does not exist. Try again." # Keep em going . . .
281 else
282 CookiesON=" --load-cookies $Cookies" # File is good -- use it!
283 return
284 fi
285 done
286 }
287
288
289
290 run_func()
291 {
292 if [ -z "$OPTARG" ]; then
293 # Test to see if we used the in-line option or the query one.
294 if [ ! -d "$savePath" ]; then # If directory doesn't exist . . .
295 echo "$savePath does not appear to exist."
296 echo "Please supply path and filename of saved wget commands:"
297 read newFile
298 until [ -f "$newFile" ]; do # Keep going till we get something.
299 echo "Sorry, that file does not exist. Please try again."
300 # Try really hard to get something.
301 read newFile
302 done
303
304
305 # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
306 # if [ -z ( grep wget ${newfile} ) ]; then
307 # Assume they haven't got the right file and bail out.
308 # echo "Sorry, that file does not contain wget commands. Aborting."
309 # exit
310 # fi
311 #
312 # This is bogus code.
313 # It doesn't actually work.
314 # If anyone wants to fix it, feel free!
315 # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
316
317
318 filePath="${newFile}"
319 else
320 echo "Save path is $savePath"
321 echo "Please enter name of the file which you want to use."
322 echo "You have a choice of:"
323 ls $savePath # Give them a choice.
324 read inFile
325 until [ -f "$savePath/$inFile" ]; do # Keep going till
326 #+ we get something.
327 if [ ! -f "${savePath}/${inFile}" ]; then # If file doesn't exist.
328 echo "Sorry, that file does not exist. Please choose from:"
329 ls $savePath # If a mistake is made.
330 read inFile
331 fi
332 done
333 filePath="${savePath}/${inFile}" # Make one variable . . .
334 fi
335 else filePath="${savePath}/${OPTARG}" # Which can be many things . . .
336 fi
337
338 if [ ! -f "$filePath" ]; then # If a bogus file got through.
339 echo "You did not specify a suitable file."
340 echo "Run this script with the -${save} option first."
341 echo "Aborting."
342 exit $E_NO_SAVEFILE
343 fi
344 echo "Using: $filePath"
345 while read; do
346 eval $REPLY
347 echo "Completed: $REPLY"
348 done < $filePath # Feed the actual file we are using into a 'while' loop.
349
350 exit
351 }
352
353
354
355 # Fish out any options we are using for the script.
356 # This is based on the demo in "Learning The Bash Shell" (O'Reilly).
357 while getopts ":$save$cook$help$list$runn:$inpu$wopt" opt
358 do
359 case $opt in
360 $save) save_func;; # Save some wgetter sessions for later.
361 $cook) cookie_func;; # Change cookie file.
362 $help) usage;; # Get help.
363 $list) list_func;; # Allow wget to use a list of URLs.
364 $runn) run_func;; # Useful if you are calling wgetter from,
365 #+ for example, a cron script.
366 $inpu) run_func;; # When you don't know what your files are named.
367 $wopt) wopts;; # Pass options directly to wget.
368 \?) echo "Not a valid option."
369 echo "Use -${wopt} to pass options directly to wget,"
370 echo "or -${help} for help";; # Catch anything else.
371 esac
372 done
373 shift $((OPTIND - 1)) # Do funky magic stuff with $#.
374
375
376 if [ -z "$1" ] && [ -z "$lister" ]; then
377 # We should be left with at least one URL
378 #+ on the command line, unless a list is
379 #+ being used -- catch empty CL's.
380 echo "No URL's given! You must enter them on the same line as wgetter2."
381 echo "E.g., wgetter2 http://somesite http://anothersite."
382 echo "Use $help option for more information."
383 exit $E_NO_URLS # Bail out, with appropriate error code.
384 fi
385
386 URLS=" $@"
387 # Use this so that URL list can be changed if we stay in the option loop.
388
389 while [ 1 ]; do
390 # This is where we ask for the most used options.
391 # (Mostly unchanged from version 1 of wgetter)
392 if [ -z $curDepth ]; then
393 Current=""
394 else Current=" Current value is $curDepth"
395 fi
396 echo "How deep should I go? \
397 (integer: Default is $depthDefault.$Current)"
398 read Depth # Recursion -- how far should we go?
399 inputB="" # Reset this to blank on each pass of the loop.
400 echo "Enter the name of the referring page (default is none)."
401 read inputB # Need this for some sites.
402
403 echo "Do you want to have the output logged to the terminal"
404 echo "(y/n, default is yes)?"
405 read noHide # Otherwise wget will just log it to a file.
406
407 case $noHide in # Now you see me, now you don't.
408 y|Y ) hide="";;
409 n|N ) hide=" -b";;
410 * ) hide="";;
411 esac
412
413 if [ -z ${Depth} ]; then
414 # User accepted either default or current depth,
415 #+ in which case Depth is now empty.
416 if [ -z ${curDepth} ]; then
417 # See if a depth was set on a previous iteration.
418 Depth="$depthDefault"
419 # Set the default recursion depth if nothing
420 #+ else to use.
421 else Depth="$curDepth" # Otherwise, set the one we used before.
422 fi
423 fi
424 Recurse=" -l $Depth" # Set how deep we want to go.
425 curDepth=$Depth # Remember setting for next time.
426
427 if [ ! -z $inputB ]; then
428 RefA=" --referer=$inputB" # Option to use referring page.
429 fi
430
431 WGETTER="${CommandA}${pattern}${hide}${RefA}${Recurse}\
432 ${CookiesON}${lister}${Woptions}${URLS}"
433 # Just string the whole lot together . . .
434 # NB: no embedded spaces.
435 # They are in the individual elements so that if any are empty,
436 #+ we don't get an extra space.
437
438 if [ -z "${CookiesON}" ] && [ "$cFlag" = "1" ] ; then
439 echo "Warning -- can't find cookie file"
440 # This should be changed,
441 #+ in case the user has opted to not use cookies.
442 fi
443
444 if [ "$Flag" = "S" ]; then
445 echo "$WGETTER" >> $savePath/wget-${today}
446 # Create a unique filename for today, or append to it if it exists.
447 echo "$inputB" >> $savePath/site-list-${today}
448 # Make a list, so it's easy to refer back to,
449 #+ since the whole command is a bit confusing to look at.
450 echo "Command saved to the file $savePath/wget-${today}"
451 # Tell the user.
452 echo "Referring page URL saved to the file$ \
453 savePath/site-list-${today}"
454 # Tell the user.
455 Saver=" with save option"
456 # Stick this somewhere, so it appears in the loop if set.
457 else
458 echo "*****************"
459 echo "*****Getting*****"
460 echo "*****************"
461 echo ""
462 echo "$WGETTER"
463 echo ""
464 echo "*****************"
465 eval "$WGETTER"
466 fi
467
468 echo ""
469 echo "Starting over$Saver."
470 echo "If you want to stop, press q."
471 echo "Otherwise, enter some URL's:"
472 # Let them go again. Tell about save option being set.
473
474 read
475 case $REPLY in
476 # Need to change this to a 'trap' clause.
477 q|Q ) exit $E_USER_EXIT;; # Exercise for the reader?
478 * ) URLS=" $REPLY";;
479 esac
480
481 echo ""
482 done
483
484
485 exit 0 |
Example A-32. A "podcasting" script
1 #!/bin/bash 2 3 # bashpodder.sh: 4 # By Linc 10/1/2004 5 # Find the latest script at 6 #+ http://linc.homeunix.org:8080/scripts/bashpodder 7 # Last revision 12/14/2004 - Many Contributors! 8 # If you use this and have made improvements or have comments 9 #+ drop me an email at linc dot fessenden at gmail dot com 10 # I'd appreciate it! 11 12 # ==> ABS Guide extra comments. 13 14 # ==> Author of this script has kindly granted permission 15 # ==>+ for inclusion in ABS Guide. 16 17 18 # ==> ################################################################ 19 # 20 # ==> What is "podcasting"? 21 22 # ==> It's broadcasting "radio shows" over the Internet. 23 # ==> These shows can be played on iPods and other music file players. 24 25 # ==> This script makes it possible. 26 # ==> See documentation at the script author's site, above. 27 28 # ==> ################################################################ 29 30 31 # Make script crontab friendly: 32 cd $(dirname $0) 33 # ==> Change to directory where this script lives. 34 35 # datadir is the directory you want podcasts saved to: 36 datadir=$(date +%Y-%m-%d) 37 # ==> Will create a directory with the name: YYYY-MM-DD 38 39 # Check for and create datadir if necessary: 40 if test ! -d $datadir 41 then 42 mkdir $datadir 43 fi 44 45 # Delete any temp file: 46 rm -f temp.log 47 48 # Read the bp.conf file and wget any url not already in the podcast.log file: 49 while read podcast 50 do # ==> Main action follows. 51 file=$(wget -q $podcast -O - | tr '\r' '\n' | tr \' \" | \ 52 sed -n 's/.*url="\([^"]*\)".*/\1/p') 53 for url in $file 54 do 55 echo $url >> temp.log 56 if ! grep "$url" podcast.log > /dev/null 57 then 58 wget -q -P $datadir "$url" 59 fi 60 done 61 done < bp.conf 62 63 # Move dynamically created log file to permanent log file: 64 cat podcast.log >> temp.log 65 sort temp.log | uniq > podcast.log 66 rm temp.log 67 # Create an m3u playlist: 68 ls $datadir | grep -v m3u > $datadir/podcast.m3u 69 70 71 exit 0 72 73 ################################################# 74 For a different scripting approach to Podcasting, 75 see Phil Salkie's article, 76 "Internet Radio to Podcast with Shell Tools" 77 in the September, 2005 issue of LINUX JOURNAL, 78 http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/8171 79 ################################################# |
Example A-33. Nightly backup to a firewire HD
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # nightly-backup.sh
3 # http://www.richardneill.org/source.php#nightly-backup-rsync
4 # Copyright (c) 2005 Richard Neill <backup@richardneill.org>.
5 # This is Free Software licensed under the GNU GPL.
6 # ==> Included in ABS Guide with script author's kind permission.
7 # ==> (Thanks!)
8
9 # This does a backup from the host computer to a locally connected
10 #+ firewire HDD using rsync and ssh.
11 # It then rotates the backups.
12 # Run it via cron every night at 5am.
13 # This only backs up the home directory.
14 # If ownerships (other than the user's) should be preserved,
15 #+ then run the rsync process as root (and re-instate the -o).
16 # We save every day for 7 days, then every week for 4 weeks,
17 #+ then every month for 3 months.
18
19 # See: http://www.mikerubel.org/computers/rsync_snapshots/
20 #+ for more explanation of the theory.
21 # Save as: $HOME/bin/nightly-backup_firewire-hdd.sh
22
23 # Known bugs:
24 # ----------
25 # i) Ideally, we want to exclude ~/.tmp and the browser caches.
26
27 # ii) If the user is sitting at the computer at 5am,
28 #+ and files are modified while the rsync is occurring,
29 #+ then the BACKUP_JUSTINCASE branch gets triggered.
30 # To some extent, this is a
31 #+ feature, but it also causes a "disk-space leak".
32
33
34
35
36
37 ##### BEGIN CONFIGURATION SECTION ############################################
38 LOCAL_USER=rjn # User whose home directory should be backed up.
39 MOUNT_POINT=/backup # Mountpoint of backup drive.
40 # NO trailing slash!
41 # This must be unique (eg using a udev symlink)
42 SOURCE_DIR=/home/$LOCAL_USER # NO trailing slash - it DOES matter to rsync.
43 BACKUP_DEST_DIR=$MOUNT_POINT/backup/`hostname -s`.${LOCAL_USER}.nightly_backup
44 DRY_RUN=false #If true, invoke rsync with -n, to do a dry run.
45 # Comment out or set to false for normal use.
46 VERBOSE=false # If true, make rsync verbose.
47 # Comment out or set to false otherwise.
48 COMPRESS=false # If true, compress.
49 # Good for internet, bad on LAN.
50 # Comment out or set to false otherwise.
51
52 ### Exit Codes ###
53 E_VARS_NOT_SET=64
54 E_COMMANDLINE=65
55 E_MOUNT_FAIL=70
56 E_NOSOURCEDIR=71
57 E_UNMOUNTED=72
58 E_BACKUP=73
59 ##### END CONFIGURATION SECTION ##############################################
60
61
62 # Check that all the important variables have been set:
63 if [ -z "$LOCAL_USER" ] ||
64 [ -z "$SOURCE_DIR" ] ||
65 [ -z "$MOUNT_POINT" ] ||
66 [ -z "$BACKUP_DEST_DIR" ]
67 then
68 echo 'One of the variables is not set! Edit the file: $0. BACKUP FAILED.'
69 exit $E_VARS_NOT_SET
70 fi
71
72 if [ "$#" != 0 ] # If command-line param(s) . . .
73 then # Here document(ation).
74 cat <<-ENDOFTEXT
75 Automatic Nightly backup run from cron.
76 Read the source for more details: $0
77 The backup directory is $BACKUP_DEST_DIR .
78 It will be created if necessary; initialisation is no longer required.
79
80 WARNING: Contents of $BACKUP_DEST_DIR are rotated.
81 Directories named 'backup.\$i' will eventually be DELETED.
82 We keep backups from every day for 7 days (1-8),
83 then every week for 4 weeks (9-12),
84 then every month for 3 months (13-15).
85
86 You may wish to add this to your crontab using 'crontab -e'
87 # Back up files: $SOURCE_DIR to $BACKUP_DEST_DIR
88 #+ every night at 3:15 am
89 15 03 * * * /home/$LOCAL_USER/bin/nightly-backup_firewire-hdd.sh
90
91 Don't forget to verify the backups are working,
92 especially if you don't read cron's mail!"
93 ENDOFTEXT
94 exit $E_COMMANDLINE
95 fi
96
97
98 # Parse the options.
99 # ==================
100
101 if [ "$DRY_RUN" == "true" ]; then
102 DRY_RUN="-n"
103 echo "WARNING:"
104 echo "THIS IS A 'DRY RUN'!"
105 echo "No data will actually be transferred!"
106 else
107 DRY_RUN=""
108 fi
109
110 if [ "$VERBOSE" == "true" ]; then
111 VERBOSE="-v"
112 else
113 VERBOSE=""
114 fi
115
116 if [ "$COMPRESS" == "true" ]; then
117 COMPRESS="-z"
118 else
119 COMPRESS=""
120 fi
121
122
123 # Every week (actually of 8 days) and every month,
124 #+ extra backups are preserved.
125 DAY_OF_MONTH=`date +%d` # Day of month (01..31).
126 if [ $DAY_OF_MONTH = 01 ]; then # First of month.
127 MONTHSTART=true
128 elif [ $DAY_OF_MONTH = 08 \
129 -o $DAY_OF_MONTH = 16 \
130 -o $DAY_OF_MONTH = 24 ]; then
131 # Day 8,16,24 (use 8, not 7 to better handle 31-day months)
132 WEEKSTART=true
133 fi
134
135
136
137 # Check that the HDD is mounted.
138 # At least, check that *something* is mounted here!
139 # We can use something unique to the device, rather than just guessing
140 #+ the scsi-id by having an appropriate udev rule in
141 #+ /etc/udev/rules.d/10-rules.local
142 #+ and by putting a relevant entry in /etc/fstab.
143 # Eg: this udev rule:
144 # BUS="scsi", KERNEL="sd*", SYSFS{vendor}="WDC WD16",
145 # SYSFS{model}="00JB-00GVA0 ", NAME="%k", SYMLINK="lacie_1394d%n"
146
147 if mount | grep $MOUNT_POINT >/dev/null; then
148 echo "Mount point $MOUNT_POINT is indeed mounted. OK"
149 else
150 echo -n "Attempting to mount $MOUNT_POINT..."
151 # If it isn't mounted, try to mount it.
152 sudo mount $MOUNT_POINT 2>/dev/null
153
154 if mount | grep $MOUNT_POINT >/dev/null; then
155 UNMOUNT_LATER=TRUE
156 echo "OK"
157 # Note: Ensure that this is also unmounted
158 #+ if we exit prematurely with failure.
159 else
160 echo "FAILED"
161 echo -e "Nothing is mounted at $MOUNT_POINT. BACKUP FAILED!"
162 exit $E_MOUNT_FAIL
163 fi
164 fi
165
166
167 # Check that source dir exists and is readable.
168 if [ ! -r $SOURCE_DIR ] ; then
169 echo "$SOURCE_DIR does not exist, or cannot be read. BACKUP FAILED."
170 exit $E_NOSOURCEDIR
171 fi
172
173
174 # Check that the backup directory structure is as it should be.
175 # If not, create it.
176 # Create the subdirectories.
177 # Note that backup.0 will be created as needed by rsync.
178
179 for ((i=1;i<=15;i++)); do
180 if [ ! -d $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.$i ]; then
181 if /bin/mkdir -p $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.$i ; then
182 # ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ No [ ] test brackets. Why?
183 echo "Warning: directory $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.$i is missing,"
184 echo "or was not initialised. (Re-)creating it."
185 else
186 echo "ERROR: directory $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.$i"
187 echo "is missing and could not be created."
188 if [ "$UNMOUNT_LATER" == "TRUE" ]; then
189 # Before we exit, unmount the mount point if necessary.
190 cd
191 sudo umount $MOUNT_POINT &&
192 echo "Unmounted $MOUNT_POINT again. Giving up."
193 fi
194 exit $E_UNMOUNTED
195 fi
196 fi
197 done
198
199
200 # Set the permission to 700 for security
201 #+ on an otherwise permissive multi-user system.
202 if ! /bin/chmod 700 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR ; then
203 echo "ERROR: Could not set permissions on $BACKUP_DEST_DIR to 700."
204
205 if [ "$UNMOUNT_LATER" == "TRUE" ]; then
206 # Before we exit, unmount the mount point if necessary.
207 cd ; sudo umount $MOUNT_POINT \
208 && echo "Unmounted $MOUNT_POINT again. Giving up."
209 fi
210
211 exit $E_UNMOUNTED
212 fi
213
214 # Create the symlink: current -> backup.1 if required.
215 # A failure here is not critical.
216 cd $BACKUP_DEST_DIR
217 if [ ! -h current ] ; then
218 if ! /bin/ln -s backup.1 current ; then
219 echo "WARNING: could not create symlink current -> backup.1"
220 fi
221 fi
222
223
224 # Now, do the rsync.
225 echo "Now doing backup with rsync..."
226 echo "Source dir: $SOURCE_DIR"
227 echo -e "Backup destination dir: $BACKUP_DEST_DIR\n"
228
229
230 /usr/bin/rsync $DRY_RUN $VERBOSE -a -S --delete --modify-window=60 \
231 --link-dest=../backup.1 $SOURCE_DIR $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.0/
232
233 # Only warn, rather than exit if the rsync failed,
234 #+ since it may only be a minor problem.
235 # E.g., if one file is not readable, rsync will fail.
236 # This shouldn't prevent the rotation.
237 # Not using, e.g., `date +%a` since these directories
238 #+ are just full of links and don't consume *that much* space.
239
240 if [ $? != 0 ]; then
241 BACKUP_JUSTINCASE=backup.`date +%F_%T`.justincase
242 echo "WARNING: the rsync process did not entirely succeed."
243 echo "Something might be wrong."
244 echo "Saving an extra copy at: $BACKUP_JUSTINCASE"
245 echo "WARNING: if this occurs regularly, a LOT of space will be consumed,"
246 echo "even though these are just hard-links!"
247 fi
248
249 # Save a readme in the backup parent directory.
250 # Save another one in the recent subdirectory.
251 echo "Backup of $SOURCE_DIR on `hostname` was last run on \
252 `date`" > $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/README.txt
253 echo "This backup of $SOURCE_DIR on `hostname` was created on \
254 `date`" > $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.0/README.txt
255
256 # If we are not in a dry run, rotate the backups.
257 [ -z "$DRY_RUN" ] &&
258
259 # Check how full the backup disk is.
260 # Warn if 90%. if 98% or more, we'll probably fail, so give up.
261 # (Note: df can output to more than one line.)
262 # We test this here, rather than before
263 #+ so that rsync may possibly have a chance.
264 DISK_FULL_PERCENT=`/bin/df $BACKUP_DEST_DIR |
265 tr "\n" ' ' | awk '{print $12}' | grep -oE [0-9]+ `
266 echo "Disk space check on backup partition \
267 $MOUNT_POINT $DISK_FULL_PERCENT% full."
268 if [ $DISK_FULL_PERCENT -gt 90 ]; then
269 echo "Warning: Disk is greater than 90% full."
270 fi
271 if [ $DISK_FULL_PERCENT -gt 98 ]; then
272 echo "Error: Disk is full! Giving up."
273 if [ "$UNMOUNT_LATER" == "TRUE" ]; then
274 # Before we exit, unmount the mount point if necessary.
275 cd; sudo umount $MOUNT_POINT &&
276 echo "Unmounted $MOUNT_POINT again. Giving up."
277 fi
278 exit $E_UNMOUNTED
279 fi
280
281
282 # Create an extra backup.
283 # If this copy fails, give up.
284 if [ -n "$BACKUP_JUSTINCASE" ]; then
285 if ! /bin/cp -al $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.0 \
286 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/$BACKUP_JUSTINCASE
287 then
288 echo "ERROR: Failed to create extra copy \
289 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/$BACKUP_JUSTINCASE"
290 if [ "$UNMOUNT_LATER" == "TRUE" ]; then
291 # Before we exit, unmount the mount point if necessary.
292 cd ;sudo umount $MOUNT_POINT &&
293 echo "Unmounted $MOUNT_POINT again. Giving up."
294 fi
295 exit $E_UNMOUNTED
296 fi
297 fi
298
299
300 # At start of month, rotate the oldest 8.
301 if [ "$MONTHSTART" == "true" ]; then
302 echo -e "\nStart of month. \
303 Removing oldest backup: $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.15" &&
304 /bin/rm -rf $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.15 &&
305 echo "Rotating monthly,weekly backups: \
306 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[8-14] -> $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[9-15]" &&
307 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.14 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.15 &&
308 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.13 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.14 &&
309 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.12 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.13 &&
310 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.11 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.12 &&
311 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.10 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.11 &&
312 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.9 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.10 &&
313 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.8 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.9
314
315 # At start of week, rotate the second-oldest 4.
316 elif [ "$WEEKSTART" == "true" ]; then
317 echo -e "\nStart of week. \
318 Removing oldest weekly backup: $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.12" &&
319 /bin/rm -rf $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.12 &&
320
321 echo "Rotating weekly backups: \
322 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[8-11] -> $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[9-12]" &&
323 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.11 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.12 &&
324 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.10 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.11 &&
325 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.9 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.10 &&
326 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.8 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.9
327
328 else
329 echo -e "\nRemoving oldest daily backup: $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.8" &&
330 /bin/rm -rf $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.8
331
332 fi &&
333
334 # Every day, rotate the newest 8.
335 echo "Rotating daily backups: \
336 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[1-7] -> $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.[2-8]" &&
337 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.7 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.8 &&
338 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.6 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.7 &&
339 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.5 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.6 &&
340 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.4 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.5 &&
341 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.3 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.4 &&
342 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.2 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.3 &&
343 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.1 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.2 &&
344 /bin/mv $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.0 $BACKUP_DEST_DIR/backup.1 &&
345
346 SUCCESS=true
347
348
349 if [ "$UNMOUNT_LATER" == "TRUE" ]; then
350 # Unmount the mount point if it wasn't mounted to begin with.
351 cd ; sudo umount $MOUNT_POINT && echo "Unmounted $MOUNT_POINT again."
352 fi
353
354
355 if [ "$SUCCESS" == "true" ]; then
356 echo 'SUCCESS!'
357 exit 0
358 fi
359
360 # Should have already exited if backup worked.
361 echo 'BACKUP FAILED! Is this just a dry run? Is the disk full?) '
362 exit $E_BACKUP |
Example A-34. An expanded cd command
1 ###########################################################################
2 #
3 # cdll
4 # by Phil Braham
5 #
6 # ############################################
7 # Latest version of this script available from
8 # http://freshmeat.net/projects/cd/
9 # ############################################
10 #
11 # .cd_new
12 #
13 # An enhancement of the Unix cd command
14 #
15 # There are unlimited stack entries and special entries. The stack
16 # entries keep the last cd_maxhistory
17 # directories that have been used. The special entries can be
18 # assigned to commonly used directories.
19 #
20 # The special entries may be pre-assigned by setting the environment
21 # variables CDSn or by using the -u or -U command.
22 #
23 # The following is a suggestion for the .profile file:
24 #
25 # . cdll # Set up the cd command
26 # alias cd='cd_new' # Replace the cd command
27 # cd -U # Upload pre-assigned entries for
28 # #+ the stack and special entries
29 # cd -D # Set non-default mode
30 # alias @="cd_new @" # Allow @ to be used to get history
31 #
32 # For help type:
33 #
34 # cd -h or
35 # cd -H
36 #
37 #
38 ###########################################################################
39 #
40 # Version 1.2.1
41 #
42 # Written by Phil Braham - Realtime Software Pty Ltd
43 # (realtime@mpx.com.au)
44 # Please send any suggestions or enhancements to the author (also at
45 # phil@braham.net)
46 #
47 ############################################################################
48
49 cd_hm ()
50 {
51 ${PRINTF} "%s" "cd [dir] [0-9] [@[s|h] [-g [<dir>]] [-d] \
52 [-D] [-r<n>] [dir|0-9] [-R<n>] [<dir>|0-9]
53 [-s<n>] [-S<n>] [-u] [-U] [-f] [-F] [-h] [-H] [-v]
54 <dir> Go to directory
55 0-n Go to previous directory (0 is previous, 1 is last but 1 etc)
56 n is up to max history (default is 50)
57 @ List history and special entries
58 @h List history entries
59 @s List special entries
60 -g [<dir>] Go to literal name (bypass special names)
61 This is to allow access to dirs called '0','1','-h' etc
62 -d Change default action - verbose. (See note)
63 -D Change default action - silent. (See note)
64 -s<n> Go to the special entry <n>*
65 -S<n> Go to the special entry <n>
66 and replace it with the current dir*
67 -r<n> [<dir>] Go to directory <dir>
68 and then put it on special entry <n>*
69 -R<n> [<dir>] Go to directory <dir>
70 and put current dir on special entry <n>*
71 -a<n> Alternative suggested directory. See note below.
72 -f [<file>] File entries to <file>.
73 -u [<file>] Update entries from <file>.
74 If no filename supplied then default file
75 (${CDPath}${2:-"$CDFile"}) is used
76 -F and -U are silent versions
77 -v Print version number
78 -h Help
79 -H Detailed help
80
81 *The special entries (0 - 9) are held until log off, replaced by another
82 entry or updated with the -u command
83
84 Alternative suggested directories:
85 If a directory is not found then CD will suggest any
86 possibilities. These are directories starting with the same letters
87 and if any are found they are listed prefixed with -a<n>
88 where <n> is a number.
89 It's possible to go to the directory by entering cd -a<n>
90 on the command line.
91
92 The directory for -r<n> or -R<n> may be a number.
93 For example:
94 $ cd -r3 4 Go to history entry 4 and put it on special entry 3
95 $ cd -R3 4 Put current dir on the special entry 3
96 and go to history entry 4
97 $ cd -s3 Go to special entry 3
98
99 Note that commands R,r,S and s may be used without a number
100 and refer to 0:
101 $ cd -s Go to special entry 0
102 $ cd -S Go to special entry 0 and make special
103 entry 0 current dir
104 $ cd -r 1 Go to history entry 1 and put it on special entry 0
105 $ cd -r Go to history entry 0 and put it on special entry 0
106 "
107 if ${TEST} "$CD_MODE" = "PREV"
108 then
109 ${PRINTF} "$cd_mnset"
110 else
111 ${PRINTF} "$cd_mset"
112 fi
113 }
114
115 cd_Hm ()
116 {
117 cd_hm
118 ${PRINTF} "%s" "
119 The previous directories (0-$cd_maxhistory) are stored in the
120 environment variables CD[0] - CD[$cd_maxhistory]
121 Similarly the special directories S0 - $cd_maxspecial are in
122 the environment variable CDS[0] - CDS[$cd_maxspecial]
123 and may be accessed from the command line
124
125 The default pathname for the -f and -u commands is $CDPath
126 The default filename for the -f and -u commands is $CDFile
127
128 Set the following environment variables:
129 CDL_PROMPTLEN - Set to the length of prompt you require.
130 Prompt string is set to the right characters of the
131 current directory.
132 If not set then prompt is left unchanged
133 CDL_PROMPT_PRE - Set to the string to prefix the prompt.
134 Default is:
135 non-root: \"\\[\\e[01;34m\\]\" (sets colour to blue).
136 root: \"\\[\\e[01;31m\\]\" (sets colour to red).
137 CDL_PROMPT_POST - Set to the string to suffix the prompt.
138 Default is:
139 non-root: \"\\[\\e[00m\\]$\"
140 (resets colour and displays $).
141 root: \"\\[\\e[00m\\]#\"
142 (resets colour and displays #).
143 CDPath - Set the default path for the -f & -u options.
144 Default is home directory
145 CDFile - Set the default filename for the -f & -u options.
146 Default is cdfile
147
148 "
149 cd_version
150
151 }
152
153 cd_version ()
154 {
155 printf "Version: ${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR} Date: ${VERSION_DATE}\n"
156 }
157
158 #
159 # Truncate right.
160 #
161 # params:
162 # p1 - string
163 # p2 - length to truncate to
164 #
165 # returns string in tcd
166 #
167 cd_right_trunc ()
168 {
169 local tlen=${2}
170 local plen=${#1}
171 local str="${1}"
172 local diff
173 local filler="<--"
174 if ${TEST} ${plen} -le ${tlen}
175 then
176 tcd="${str}"
177 else
178 let diff=${plen}-${tlen}
179 elen=3
180 if ${TEST} ${diff} -le 2
181 then
182 let elen=${diff}
183 fi
184 tlen=-${tlen}
185 let tlen=${tlen}+${elen}
186 tcd=${filler:0:elen}${str:tlen}
187 fi
188 }
189
190 #
191 # Three versions of do history:
192 # cd_dohistory - packs history and specials side by side
193 # cd_dohistoryH - Shows only hstory
194 # cd_dohistoryS - Shows only specials
195 #
196 cd_dohistory ()
197 {
198 cd_getrc
199 ${PRINTF} "History:\n"
200 local -i count=${cd_histcount}
201 while ${TEST} ${count} -ge 0
202 do
203 cd_right_trunc "${CD[count]}" ${cd_lchar}
204 ${PRINTF} "%2d %-${cd_lchar}.${cd_lchar}s " ${count} "${tcd}"
205
206 cd_right_trunc "${CDS[count]}" ${cd_rchar}
207 ${PRINTF} "S%d %-${cd_rchar}.${cd_rchar}s\n" ${count} "${tcd}"
208 count=${count}-1
209 done
210 }
211
212 cd_dohistoryH ()
213 {
214 cd_getrc
215 ${PRINTF} "History:\n"
216 local -i count=${cd_maxhistory}
217 while ${TEST} ${count} -ge 0
218 do
219 ${PRINTF} "${count} %-${cd_flchar}.${cd_flchar}s\n" ${CD[$count]}
220 count=${count}-1
221 done
222 }
223
224 cd_dohistoryS ()
225 {
226 cd_getrc
227 ${PRINTF} "Specials:\n"
228 local -i count=${cd_maxspecial}
229 while ${TEST} ${count} -ge 0
230 do
231 ${PRINTF} "S${count} %-${cd_flchar}.${cd_flchar}s\n" ${CDS[$count]}
232 count=${count}-1
233 done
234 }
235
236 cd_getrc ()
237 {
238 cd_flchar=$(stty -a | awk -F \;
239 '/rows/ { print $2 $3 }' | awk -F \ '{ print $4 }')
240 if ${TEST} ${cd_flchar} -ne 0
241 then
242 cd_lchar=${cd_flchar}/2-5
243 cd_rchar=${cd_flchar}/2-5
244 cd_flchar=${cd_flchar}-5
245 else
246 cd_flchar=${FLCHAR:=75}
247 # cd_flchar is used for for the @s & @h history
248 cd_lchar=${LCHAR:=35}
249 cd_rchar=${RCHAR:=35}
250 fi
251 }
252
253 cd_doselection ()
254 {
255 local -i nm=0
256 cd_doflag="TRUE"
257 if ${TEST} "${CD_MODE}" = "PREV"
258 then
259 if ${TEST} -z "$cd_npwd"
260 then
261 cd_npwd=0
262 fi
263 fi
264 tm=$(echo "${cd_npwd}" | cut -b 1)
265 if ${TEST} "${tm}" = "-"
266 then
267 pm=$(echo "${cd_npwd}" | cut -b 2)
268 nm=$(echo "${cd_npwd}" | cut -d $pm -f2)
269 case "${pm}" in
270 a) cd_npwd=${cd_sugg[$nm]} ;;
271 s) cd_npwd="${CDS[$nm]}" ;;
272 S) cd_npwd="${CDS[$nm]}" ; CDS[$nm]=`pwd` ;;
273 r) cd_npwd="$2" ; cd_specDir=$nm ; cd_doselection "$1" "$2";;
274 R) cd_npwd="$2" ; CDS[$nm]=`pwd` ; cd_doselection "$1" "$2";;
275 esac
276 fi
277
278 if ${TEST} "${cd_npwd}" != "." -a "${cd_npwd}" \
279 != ".." -a "${cd_npwd}" -le ${cd_maxhistory} >>/dev/null 2>&1
280 then
281 cd_npwd=${CD[$cd_npwd]}
282 else
283 case "$cd_npwd" in
284 @) cd_dohistory ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
285 @h) cd_dohistoryH ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
286 @s) cd_dohistoryS ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
287 -h) cd_hm ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
288 -H) cd_Hm ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
289 -f) cd_fsave "SHOW" $2 ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
290 -u) cd_upload "SHOW" $2 ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
291 -F) cd_fsave "NOSHOW" $2 ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
292 -U) cd_upload "NOSHOW" $2 ; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
293 -g) cd_npwd="$2" ;;
294 -d) cd_chdefm 1; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
295 -D) cd_chdefm 0; cd_doflag="FALSE" ;;
296 -r) cd_npwd="$2" ; cd_specDir=0 ; cd_doselection "$1" "$2";;
297 -R) cd_npwd="$2" ; CDS[0]=`pwd` ; cd_doselection "$1" "$2";;
298 -s) cd_npwd="${CDS[0]}" ;;
299 -S) cd_npwd="${CDS[0]}" ; CDS[0]=`pwd` ;;
300 -v) cd_version ; cd_doflag="FALSE";;
301 esac
302 fi
303 }
304
305 cd_chdefm ()
306 {
307 if ${TEST} "${CD_MODE}" = "PREV"
308 then
309 CD_MODE=""
310 if ${TEST} $1 -eq 1
311 then
312 ${PRINTF} "${cd_mset}"
313 fi
314 else
315 CD_MODE="PREV"
316 if ${TEST} $1 -eq 1
317 then
318 ${PRINTF} "${cd_mnset}"
319 fi
320 fi
321 }
322
323 cd_fsave ()
324 {
325 local sfile=${CDPath}${2:-"$CDFile"}
326 if ${TEST} "$1" = "SHOW"
327 then
328 ${PRINTF} "Saved to %s\n" $sfile
329 fi
330 ${RM} -f ${sfile}
331 local -i count=0
332 while ${TEST} ${count} -le ${cd_maxhistory}
333 do
334 echo "CD[$count]=\"${CD[$count]}\"" >> ${sfile}
335 count=${count}+1
336 done
337 count=0
338 while ${TEST} ${count} -le ${cd_maxspecial}
339 do
340 echo "CDS[$count]=\"${CDS[$count]}\"" >> ${sfile}
341 count=${count}+1
342 done
343 }
344
345 cd_upload ()
346 {
347 local sfile=${CDPath}${2:-"$CDFile"}
348 if ${TEST} "${1}" = "SHOW"
349 then
350 ${PRINTF} "Loading from %s\n" ${sfile}
351 fi
352 . ${sfile}
353 }
354
355 cd_new ()
356 {
357 local -i count
358 local -i choose=0
359
360 cd_npwd="${1}"
361 cd_specDir=-1
362 cd_doselection "${1}" "${2}"
363
364 if ${TEST} ${cd_doflag} = "TRUE"
365 then
366 if ${TEST} "${CD[0]}" != "`pwd`"
367 then
368 count=$cd_maxhistory
369 while ${TEST} $count -gt 0
370 do
371 CD[$count]=${CD[$count-1]}
372 count=${count}-1
373 done
374 CD[0]=`pwd`
375 fi
376 command cd "${cd_npwd}" 2>/dev/null
377 if ${TEST} $? -eq 1
378 then
379 ${PRINTF} "Unknown dir: %s\n" "${cd_npwd}"
380 local -i ftflag=0
381 for i in "${cd_npwd}"*
382 do
383 if ${TEST} -d "${i}"
384 then
385 if ${TEST} ${ftflag} -eq 0
386 then
387 ${PRINTF} "Suggest:\n"
388 ftflag=1
389 fi
390 ${PRINTF} "\t-a${choose} %s\n" "$i"
391 cd_sugg[$choose]="${i}"
392 choose=${choose}+1
393 fi
394 done
395 fi
396 fi
397
398 if ${TEST} ${cd_specDir} -ne -1
399 then
400 CDS[${cd_specDir}]=`pwd`
401 fi
402
403 if ${TEST} ! -z "${CDL_PROMPTLEN}"
404 then
405 cd_right_trunc "${PWD}" ${CDL_PROMPTLEN}
406 cd_rp=${CDL_PROMPT_PRE}${tcd}${CDL_PROMPT_POST}
407 export PS1="$(echo -ne ${cd_rp})"
408 fi
409 }
410 #########################################################################
411 # #
412 # Initialisation here #
413 # #
414 #########################################################################
415 #
416 VERSION_MAJOR="1"
417 VERSION_MINOR="2.1"
418 VERSION_DATE="24-MAY-2003"
419 #
420 alias cd=cd_new
421 #
422 # Set up commands
423 RM=/bin/rm
424 TEST=test
425 PRINTF=printf # Use builtin printf
426
427 #########################################################################
428 # #
429 # Change this to modify the default pre- and post prompt strings. #
430 # These only come into effect if CDL_PROMPTLEN is set. #
431 # #
432 #########################################################################
433 if ${TEST} ${EUID} -eq 0
434 then
435 # CDL_PROMPT_PRE=${CDL_PROMPT_PRE:="$HOSTNAME@"}
436 CDL_PROMPT_PRE=${CDL_PROMPT_PRE:="\\[\\e[01;31m\\]"} # Root is in red
437 CDL_PROMPT_POST=${CDL_PROMPT_POST:="\\[\\e[00m\\]#"}
438 else
439 CDL_PROMPT_PRE=${CDL_PROMPT_PRE:="\\[\\e[01;34m\\]"} # Users in blue
440 CDL_PROMPT_POST=${CDL_PROMPT_POST:="\\[\\e[00m\\]$"}
441 fi
442 #########################################################################
443 #
444 # cd_maxhistory defines the max number of history entries allowed.
445 typeset -i cd_maxhistory=50
446
447 #########################################################################
448 #
449 # cd_maxspecial defines the number of special entries.
450 typeset -i cd_maxspecial=9
451 #
452 #
453 #########################################################################
454 #
455 # cd_histcount defines the number of entries displayed in
456 #+ the history command.
457 typeset -i cd_histcount=9
458 #
459 #########################################################################
460 export CDPath=${HOME}/
461 # Change these to use a different #
462 #+ default path and filename #
463 export CDFile=${CDFILE:=cdfile} # for the -u and -f commands #
464 #
465 #########################################################################
466 #
467 typeset -i cd_lchar cd_rchar cd_flchar
468 # This is the number of chars to allow for the #
469 cd_flchar=${FLCHAR:=75} #+ cd_flchar is used for for the @s & @h history#
470
471 typeset -ax CD CDS
472 #
473 cd_mset="\n\tDefault mode is now set - entering cd with no parameters \
474 has the default action\n\tUse cd -d or -D for cd to go to \
475 previous directory with no parameters\n"
476 cd_mnset="\n\tNon-default mode is now set - entering cd with no \
477 parameters is the same as entering cd 0\n\tUse cd -d or \
478 -D to change default cd action\n"
479
480 # ==================================================================== #
481
482
483
484 : <<DOCUMENTATION
485
486 Written by Phil Braham. Realtime Software Pty Ltd.
487 Released under GNU license. Free to use. Please pass any modifications
488 or comments to the author Phil Braham:
489
490 realtime@mpx.com.au
491 =======================================================================
492
493 cdll is a replacement for cd and incorporates similar functionality to
494 the bash pushd and popd commands but is independent of them.
495
496 This version of cdll has been tested on Linux using Bash. It will work
497 on most Linux versions but will probably not work on other shells without
498 modification.
499
500 Introduction
501 ============
502
503 cdll allows easy moving about between directories. When changing to a new
504 directory the current one is automatically put onto a stack. By default
505 50 entries are kept, but this is configurable. Special directories can be
506 kept for easy access - by default up to 10, but this is configurable. The
507 most recent stack entries and the special entries can be easily viewed.
508
509 The directory stack and special entries can be saved to, and loaded from,
510 a file. This allows them to be set up on login, saved before logging out
511 or changed when moving project to project.
512
513 In addition, cdll provides a flexible command prompt facility that allows,
514 for example, a directory name in colour that is truncated from the left
515 if it gets too long.
516
517
518 Setting up cdll
519 ===============
520
521 Copy cdll to either your local home directory or a central directory
522 such as /usr/bin (this will require root access).
523
524 Copy the file cdfile to your home directory. It will require read and
525 write access. This a default file that contains a directory stack and
526 special entries.
527
528 To replace the cd command you must add commands to your login script.
529 The login script is one or more of:
530
531 /etc/profile
532 ~/.bash_profile
533 ~/.bash_login
534 ~/.profile
535 ~/.bashrc
536 /etc/bash.bashrc.local
537
538 To setup your login, ~/.bashrc is recommended, for global (and root) setup
539 add the commands to /etc/bash.bashrc.local
540
541 To set up on login, add the command:
542 . <dir>/cdll
543 For example if cdll is in your local home directory:
544 . ~/cdll
545 If in /usr/bin then:
546 . /usr/bin/cdll
547
548 If you want to use this instead of the buitin cd command then add:
549 alias cd='cd_new'
550 We would also recommend the following commands:
551 alias @='cd_new @'
552 cd -U
553 cd -D
554
555 If you want to use cdll's prompt facilty then add the following:
556 CDL_PROMPTLEN=nn
557 Where nn is a number described below. Initially 99 would be suitable
558 number.
559
560 Thus the script looks something like this:
561
562 ######################################################################
563 # CD Setup
564 ######################################################################
565 CDL_PROMPTLEN=21 # Allow a prompt length of up to 21 characters
566 . /usr/bin/cdll # Initialise cdll
567 alias cd='cd_new' # Replace the built in cd command
568 alias @='cd_new @' # Allow @ at the prompt to display history
569 cd -U # Upload directories
570 cd -D # Set default action to non-posix
571 ######################################################################
572
573 The full meaning of these commands will become clear later.
574
575 There are a couple of caveats. If another program changes the directory
576 without calling cdll, then the directory won't be put on the stack and
577 also if the prompt facility is used then this will not be updated. Two
578 programs that can do this are pushd and popd. To update the prompt and
579 stack simply enter:
580
581 cd .
582
583 Note that if the previous entry on the stack is the current directory
584 then the stack is not updated.
585
586 Usage
587 =====
588 cd [dir] [0-9] [@[s|h] [-g <dir>] [-d] [-D] [-r<n>]
589 [dir|0-9] [-R<n>] [<dir>|0-9] [-s<n>] [-S<n>]
590 [-u] [-U] [-f] [-F] [-h] [-H] [-v]
591
592 <dir> Go to directory
593 0-n Goto previous directory (0 is previous,
594 1 is last but 1, etc.)
595 n is up to max history (default is 50)
596 @ List history and special entries (Usually available as $ @)
597 @h List history entries
598 @s List special entries
599 -g [<dir>] Go to literal name (bypass special names)
600 This is to allow access to dirs called '0','1','-h' etc
601 -d Change default action - verbose. (See note)
602 -D Change default action - silent. (See note)
603 -s<n> Go to the special entry <n>
604 -S<n> Go to the special entry <n>
605 and replace it with the current dir
606 -r<n> [<dir>] Go to directory <dir>
607 and then put it on special entry <n>
608 -R<n> [<dir>] Go to directory <dir>
609 and put current dir on special entry <n>
610 -a<n> Alternative suggested directory. See note below.
611 -f [<file>] File entries to <file>.
612 -u [<file>] Update entries from <file>.
613 If no filename supplied then default file (~/cdfile) is used
614 -F and -U are silent versions
615 -v Print version number
616 -h Help
617 -H Detailed help
618
619
620
621 Examples
622 ========
623
624 These examples assume non-default mode is set (that is, cd with no
625 parameters will go to the most recent stack directory), that aliases
626 have been set up for cd and @ as described above and that cd's prompt
627 facility is active and the prompt length is 21 characters.
628
629 /home/phil$ @
630 # List the entries with the @
631 History:
632 # Output of the @ command
633 .....
634 # Skipped these entries for brevity
635 1 /home/phil/ummdev S1 /home/phil/perl
636 # Most recent two history entries
637 0 /home/phil/perl/eg S0 /home/phil/umm/ummdev
638 # and two special entries are shown
639
640 /home/phil$ cd /home/phil/utils/Cdll
641 # Now change directories
642 /home/phil/utils/Cdll$ @
643 # Prompt reflects the directory.
644 History:
645 # New history
646 .....
647 1 /home/phil/perl/eg S1 /home/phil/perl
648 # History entry 0 has moved to 1
649 0 /home/phil S0 /home/phil/umm/ummdev
650 # and the most recent has entered
651
652 To go to a history entry:
653
654 /home/phil/utils/Cdll$ cd 1
655 # Go to history entry 1.
656 /home/phil/perl/eg$
657 # Current directory is now what was 1
658
659 To go to a special entry:
660
661 /home/phil/perl/eg$ cd -s1
662 # Go to special entry 1
663 /home/phil/umm/ummdev$
664 # Current directory is S1
665
666 To go to a directory called, for example, 1:
667
668 /home/phil$ cd -g 1
669 # -g ignores the special meaning of 1
670 /home/phil/1$
671
672 To put current directory on the special list as S1:
673 cd -r1 . # OR
674 cd -R1 . # These have the same effect if the directory is
675 #+ . (the current directory)
676
677 To go to a directory and add it as a special
678 The directory for -r<n> or -R<n> may be a number.
679 For example:
680 $ cd -r3 4 Go to history entry 4 and put it on special entry 3
681 $ cd -R3 4 Put current dir on the special entry 3 and go to
682 history entry 4
683 $ cd -s3 Go to special entry 3
684
685 Note that commands R,r,S and s may be used without a number and
686 refer to 0:
687 $ cd -s Go to special entry 0
688 $ cd -S Go to special entry 0 and make special entry 0
689 current dir
690 $ cd -r 1 Go to history entry 1 and put it on special entry 0
691 $ cd -r Go to history entry 0 and put it on special entry 0
692
693
694 Alternative suggested directories:
695
696 If a directory is not found, then CD will suggest any
697 possibilities. These are directories starting with the same letters
698 and if any are found they are listed prefixed with -a<n>
699 where <n> is a number. It's possible to go to the directory
700 by entering cd -a<n> on the command line.
701
702 Use cd -d or -D to change default cd action. cd -H will show
703 current action.
704
705 The history entries (0-n) are stored in the environment variables
706 CD[0] - CD[n]
707 Similarly the special directories S0 - 9 are in the environment
708 variable CDS[0] - CDS[9]
709 and may be accessed from the command line, for example:
710
711 ls -l ${CDS[3]}
712 cat ${CD[8]}/file.txt
713
714 The default pathname for the -f and -u commands is ~
715 The default filename for the -f and -u commands is cdfile
716
717
718 Configuration
719 =============
720
721 The following environment variables can be set:
722
723 CDL_PROMPTLEN - Set to the length of prompt you require.
724 Prompt string is set to the right characters of the current
725 directory. If not set, then prompt is left unchanged. Note
726 that this is the number of characters that the directory is
727 shortened to, not the total characters in the prompt.
728
729 CDL_PROMPT_PRE - Set to the string to prefix the prompt.
730 Default is:
731 non-root: "\\[\\e[01;34m\\]" (sets colour to blue).
732 root: "\\[\\e[01;31m\\]" (sets colour to red).
733
734 CDL_PROMPT_POST - Set to the string to suffix the prompt.
735 Default is:
736 non-root: "\\[\\e[00m\\]$"
737 (resets colour and displays $).
738 root: "\\[\\e[00m\\]#"
739 (resets colour and displays #).
740
741 Note:
742 CDL_PROMPT_PRE & _POST only t
743
744 CDPath - Set the default path for the -f & -u options.
745 Default is home directory
746 CDFile - Set the default filename for the -f & -u options.
747 Default is cdfile
748
749
750 There are three variables defined in the file cdll which control the
751 number of entries stored or displayed. They are in the section labeled
752 'Initialisation here' towards the end of the file.
753
754 cd_maxhistory - The number of history entries stored.
755 Default is 50.
756 cd_maxspecial - The number of special entries allowed.
757 Default is 9.
758 cd_histcount - The number of history and special entries
759 displayed. Default is 9.
760
761 Note that cd_maxspecial should be >= cd_histcount to avoid displaying
762 special entries that can't be set.
763
764
765 Version: 1.2.1 Date: 24-MAY-2003
766
767 DOCUMENTATION |
Example A-35. A soundcard setup script
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # soundcard-on.sh
3
4 # Script author: Mkarcher
5 # http://www.thinkwiki.org/wiki ...
6 # /Script_for_configuring_the_CS4239_sound_chip_in_PnP_mode
7 # ABS Guide author made minor changes and added comments.
8 # Couldn't contact script author to ask for permission to use, but ...
9 #+ the script was released under the FDL,
10 #+ so its use here should be both legal and ethical.
11
12 # Sound-via-pnp-script for Thinkpad 600E
13 #+ and possibly other computers with onboard CS4239/CS4610
14 #+ that do not work with the PCI driver
15 #+ and are not recognized by the PnP code of snd-cs4236.
16 # Also for some 770-series Thinkpads, such as the 770x.
17 # Run as root user, of course.
18 #
19 # These are old and very obsolete laptop computers,
20 #+ but this particular script is very instructive,
21 #+ as it shows how to set up and hack device files.
22
23
24
25 # Search for sound card pnp device:
26
27 for dev in /sys/bus/pnp/devices/*
28 do
29 grep CSC0100 $dev/id > /dev/null && WSSDEV=$dev
30 grep CSC0110 $dev/id > /dev/null && CTLDEV=$dev
31 done
32 # On 770x:
33 # WSSDEV = /sys/bus/pnp/devices/00:07
34 # CTLDEV = /sys/bus/pnp/devices/00:06
35 # These are symbolic links to /sys/devices/pnp0/ ...
36
37
38 # Activate devices:
39 # Thinkpad boots with devices disabled unless "fast boot" is turned off
40 #+ (in BIOS).
41
42 echo activate > $WSSDEV/resources
43 echo activate > $CTLDEV/resources
44
45
46 # Parse resource settings.
47
48 { read # Discard "state = active" (see below).
49 read bla port1
50 read bla port2
51 read bla port3
52 read bla irq
53 read bla dma1
54 read bla dma2
55 # The "bla's" are labels in the first field: "io," "state," etc.
56 # These are discarded.
57
58 # Hack: with PnPBIOS: ports are: port1: WSS, port2:
59 #+ OPL, port3: sb (unneeded)
60 # with ACPI-PnP:ports are: port1: OPL, port2: sb, port3: WSS
61 # (ACPI bios seems to be wrong here, the PnP-card-code in snd-cs4236.c
62 #+ uses the PnPBIOS port order)
63 # Detect port order using the fixed OPL port as reference.
64 if [ ${port2%%-*} = 0x388 ]
65 # ^^^^ Strip out everything following hyphen in port address.
66 # So, if port1 is 0x530-0x537
67 #+ we're left with 0x530 -- the start address of the port.
68 then
69 # PnPBIOS: usual order
70 port=${port1%%-*}
71 oplport=${port2%%-*}
72 else
73 # ACPI: mixed-up order
74 port=${port3%%-*}
75 oplport=${port1%%-*}
76 fi
77 } < $WSSDEV/resources
78 # To see what's going on here:
79 # ---------------------------
80 # cat /sys/devices/pnp0/00:07/resources
81 #
82 # state = active
83 # io 0x530-0x537
84 # io 0x388-0x38b
85 # io 0x220-0x233
86 # irq 5
87 # dma 1
88 # dma 0
89 # ^^^ "bla" labels in first field (discarded).
90
91
92 { read # Discard first line, as above.
93 read bla port1
94 cport=${port1%%-*}
95 # ^^^^
96 # Just want _start_ address of port.
97 } < $CTLDEV/resources
98
99
100 # Load the module:
101
102 modprobe --ignore-install snd-cs4236 port=$port cport=$cport\
103 fm_port=$oplport irq=$irq dma1=$dma1 dma2=$dma2 isapnp=0 index=0
104 # See the modprobe manpage.
105
106 exit $? |
Example A-36. Locate split paragraphs in a text file
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # find-splitpara.sh
3 # Finds split paragraphs in a text file,
4 #+ and tags the line numbers.
5
6
7 ARGCOUNT=1 # Expect one arg.
8 E_WRONGARGS=65
9
10 file="$1" # Target filename.
11 lineno=1 # Line number. Start at 1.
12 Flag=0 # Blank line flag.
13
14 if [ $# -ne "$ARGCOUNT" ]
15 then
16 echo "Usage: `basename $0` FILENAME"
17 exit $E_WRONGARGS
18 fi
19
20 file_read () # Scan file for pattern, then print line.
21 {
22 while read line
23 do
24
25 if [[ "$line" =~ ^[a-z] && $Flag -eq 1 ]]
26 then # Line begins with lc character, following blank line.
27 echo -n "$lineno:: "
28 echo "$line"
29 fi
30
31
32 if [[ "$line" =~ "^$" ]]
33 then # If blank line,
34 Flag=1 #+ set flag.
35 else
36 Flag=0
37 fi
38
39 ((lineno++))
40
41 done
42 } < $file # Redirect file into function's stdin.
43
44 file_read
45
46
47 exit $?
48
49
50 # ----------------------------------------------------------------
51 This is line one of an example paragraph, bla, bla, bla.
52 This is line two, and line three should follow on next line, but
53
54 there is a blank line separating the two parts of the paragraph.
55 # ----------------------------------------------------------------
56
57 Running this script on a file containing the above paragraph
58 yields:
59
60 4:: there is a blank line separating the two parts of the paragraph.
61
62
63 There will be additional output for all the other split paragraphs
64 in the target file. |
Example A-37. A pad file generator for shareware authors
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # pad.sh
3
4 ######################################################
5 # PAD (xml) file creator
6 #+ Written by Mendel Cooper <thegrendel@theriver.com>.
7 #+ Released to the Public Domain.
8 #
9 # Generates a "PAD" descriptor file for shareware
10 #+ packages, according to the specifications
11 #+ of the ASP.
12 # http://www.asp-shareware.org/pad
13 ######################################################
14
15
16 # Accepts (optional) save filename as a command-line argument.
17 if [ -n "$1" ]
18 then
19 savefile=$1
20 else
21 savefile=save_file.xml # Default save_file name.
22 fi
23
24
25 # ===== PAD file headers =====
26 HDR1="<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"Windows-1252\" ?>"
27 HDR2="<XML_DIZ_INFO>"
28 HDR3="<MASTER_PAD_VERSION_INFO>"
29 HDR4="\t<MASTER_PAD_VERSION>1.15</MASTER_PAD_VERSION>"
30 HDR5="\t<MASTER_PAD_INFO>Portable Application Description, or PAD
31 for short, is a data set that is used by shareware authors to
32 disseminate information to anyone interested in their software products.
33 To find out more go to http://www.asp-shareware.org/pad</MASTER_PAD_INFO>"
34 HDR6="</MASTER_PAD_VERSION_INFO>"
35 # ============================
36
37
38 fill_in ()
39 {
40 if [ -z "$2" ]
41 then
42 echo -n "$1? " # Get user input.
43 else
44 echo -n "$1 $2? " # Additional query?
45 fi
46
47 read var # May paste to fill in field.
48 # This shows how flexible "read" can be.
49
50 if [ -z "$var" ]
51 then
52 echo -e "\t\t<$1 />" >>$savefile # Indent with 2 tabs.
53 return
54 else
55 echo -e "\t\t<$1>$var</$1>" >>$savefile
56 return ${#var} # Return length of input string.
57 fi
58 }
59
60 check_field_length () # Check length of program description fields.
61 {
62 # $1 = maximum field length
63 # $2 = actual field length
64 if [ "$2" -gt "$1" ]
65 then
66 echo "Warning: Maximum field length of $1 characters exceeded!"
67 fi
68 }
69
70 clear # Clear screen.
71 echo "PAD File Creator"
72 echo "--- ---- -------"
73 echo
74
75 # Write File Headers to file.
76 echo $HDR1 >$savefile
77 echo $HDR2 >>$savefile
78 echo $HDR3 >>$savefile
79 echo -e $HDR4 >>$savefile
80 echo -e $HDR5 >>$savefile
81 echo $HDR6 >>$savefile
82
83
84 # Company_Info
85 echo "COMPANY INFO"
86 CO_HDR="Company_Info"
87 echo "<$CO_HDR>" >>$savefile
88
89 fill_in Company_Name
90 fill_in Address_1
91 fill_in Address_2
92 fill_in City_Town
93 fill_in State_Province
94 fill_in Zip_Postal_Code
95 fill_in Country
96
97 # If applicable:
98 # fill_in ASP_Member "[Y/N]"
99 # fill_in ASP_Member_Number
100 # fill_in ESC_Member "[Y/N]"
101
102 fill_in Company_WebSite_URL
103
104 clear # Clear screen between sections.
105
106 # Contact_Info
107 echo "CONTACT INFO"
108 CONTACT_HDR="Contact_Info"
109 echo "<$CONTACT_HDR>" >>$savefile
110 fill_in Author_First_Name
111 fill_in Author_Last_Name
112 fill_in Author_Email
113 fill_in Contact_First_Name
114 fill_in Contact_Last_Name
115 fill_in Contact_Email
116 echo -e "\t</$CONTACT_HDR>" >>$savefile
117 # END Contact_Info
118
119 clear
120
121 # Support_Info
122 echo "SUPPORT INFO"
123 SUPPORT_HDR="Support_Info"
124 echo "<$SUPPORT_HDR>" >>$savefile
125 fill_in Sales_Email
126 fill_in Support_Email
127 fill_in General_Email
128 fill_in Sales_Phone
129 fill_in Support_Phone
130 fill_in General_Phone
131 fill_in Fax_Phone
132 echo -e "\t</$SUPPORT_HDR>" >>$savefile
133 # END Support_Info
134
135 echo "</$CO_HDR>" >>$savefile
136 # END Company_Info
137
138 clear
139
140 # Program_Info
141 echo "PROGRAM INFO"
142 PROGRAM_HDR="Program_Info"
143 echo "<$PROGRAM_HDR>" >>$savefile
144 fill_in Program_Name
145 fill_in Program_Version
146 fill_in Program_Release_Month
147 fill_in Program_Release_Day
148 fill_in Program_Release_Year
149 fill_in Program_Cost_Dollars
150 fill_in Program_Cost_Other
151 fill_in Program_Type "[Shareware/Freeware/GPL]"
152 fill_in Program_Release_Status "[Beta, Major Upgrade, etc.]"
153 fill_in Program_Install_Support
154 fill_in Program_OS_Support "[Win9x/Win2k/Linux/etc.]"
155 fill_in Program_Language "[English/Spanish/etc.]"
156
157 echo; echo
158
159 # File_Info
160 echo "FILE INFO"
161 FILEINFO_HDR="File_Info"
162 echo "<$FILEINFO_HDR>" >>$savefile
163 fill_in Filename_Versioned
164 fill_in Filename_Previous
165 fill_in Filename_Generic
166 fill_in Filename_Long
167 fill_in File_Size_Bytes
168 fill_in File_Size_K
169 fill_in File_Size_MB
170 echo -e "\t</$FILEINFO_HDR>" >>$savefile
171 # END File_Info
172
173 clear
174
175 # Expire_Info
176 echo "EXPIRE INFO"
177 EXPIRE_HDR="Expire_Info"
178 echo "<$EXPIRE_HDR>" >>$savefile
179 fill_in Has_Expire_Info "Y/N"
180 fill_in Expire_Count
181 fill_in Expire_Based_On
182 fill_in Expire_Other_Info
183 fill_in Expire_Month
184 fill_in Expire_Day
185 fill_in Expire_Year
186 echo -e "\t</$EXPIRE_HDR>" >>$savefile
187 # END Expire_Info
188
189 clear
190
191 # More Program_Info
192 echo "ADDITIONAL PROGRAM INFO"
193 fill_in Program_Change_Info
194 fill_in Program_Specific_Category
195 fill_in Program_Categories
196 fill_in Includes_JAVA_VM "[Y/N]"
197 fill_in Includes_VB_Runtime "[Y/N]"
198 fill_in Includes_DirectX "[Y/N]"
199 # END More Program_Info
200
201 echo "</$PROGRAM_HDR>" >>$savefile
202 # END Program_Info
203
204 clear
205
206 # Program Description
207 echo "PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS"
208 PROGDESC_HDR="Program_Descriptions"
209 echo "<$PROGDESC_HDR>" >>$savefile
210
211 LANG="English"
212 echo "<$LANG>" >>$savefile
213
214 fill_in Keywords "[comma + space separated]"
215 echo
216 echo "45, 80, 250, 450, 2000 word program descriptions"
217 echo "(may cut and paste into field)"
218 # It would be highly appropriate to compose the following
219 #+ "Char_Desc" fields with a text editor,
220 #+ then cut-and-paste the text into the answer fields.
221 echo
222 echo " |---------------45 characters---------------|"
223 fill_in Char_Desc_45
224 check_field_length 45 "$?"
225 echo
226 fill_in Char_Desc_80
227 check_field_length 80 "$?"
228
229 fill_in Char_Desc_250
230 check_field_length 250 "$?"
231
232 fill_in Char_Desc_450
233 fill_in Char_Desc_2000
234
235 echo "</$LANG>" >>$savefile
236 echo "</$PROGDESC_HDR>" >>$savefile
237 # END Program Description
238
239 clear
240 echo "Done."; echo; echo
241 echo "Save file is: \""$savefile"\""
242
243 exit 0 |
To end this section, a review of the basics . . . and more.
Example A-38. Basics Reviewed
1 #!/bin/bash
2 # basics-reviewed.bash
3
4 # File extension == *.bash == specific to Bash
5
6 # Copyright (c) Michael S. Zick, 2003; All rights reserved.
7 # License: Use in any form, for any purpose.
8 # Revision: $ID$
9 #
10 # Edited for layout by M.C.
11 # (author of the "Advanced Bash Scripting Guide")
12
13
14 # This script tested under Bash versions 2.04, 2.05a and 2.05b.
15 # It may not work with earlier versions.
16 # This demonstration script generates one --intentional--
17 #+ "command not found" error message. See line 394.
18
19 # The current Bash maintainer, Chet Ramey, has fixed the items noted
20 #+ for an upcoming version of Bash.
21
22
23
24 ###-------------------------------------------###
25 ### Pipe the output of this script to 'more' ###
26 ###+ else it will scroll off the page. ###
27 ### ###
28 ### You may also redirect its output ###
29 ###+ to a file for examination. ###
30 ###-------------------------------------------###
31
32
33
34 # Most of the following points are described at length in
35 #+ the text of the foregoing "Advanced Bash Scripting Guide."
36 # This demonstration script is mostly just a reorganized presentation.
37 # -- msz
38
39 # Variables are not typed unless otherwise specified.
40
41 # Variables are named. Names must contain a non-digit.
42 # File descriptor names (as in, for example: 2>&1)
43 #+ contain ONLY digits.
44
45 # Parameters and Bash array elements are numbered.
46 # (Parameters are very similar to Bash arrays.)
47
48 # A variable name may be undefined (null reference).
49 unset VarNull
50
51 # A variable name may be defined but empty (null contents).
52 VarEmpty='' # Two, adjacent, single quotes.
53
54 # A variable name my be defined and non-empty
55 VarSomething='Literal'
56
57 # A variable may contain:
58 # * A whole number as a signed 32-bit (or larger) integer
59 # * A string
60 # A variable may also be an array.
61
62 # A string may contain embedded blanks and may be treated
63 #+ as if it where a function name with optional arguments.
64
65 # The names of variables and the names of functions
66 #+ are in different namespaces.
67
68
69 # A variable may be defined as a Bash array either explicitly or
70 #+ implicitly by the syntax of the assignment statement.
71 # Explicit:
72 declare -a ArrayVar
73
74
75
76 # The echo command is a built-in.
77 echo $VarSomething
78
79 # The printf command is a built-in.
80 # Translate %s as: String-Format
81 printf %s $VarSomething # No linebreak specified, none output.
82 echo # Default, only linebreak output.
83
84
85
86
87 # The Bash parser word breaks on whitespace.
88 # Whitespace, or the lack of it is significant.
89 # (This holds true in general; there are, of course, exceptions.)
90
91
92
93
94 # Translate the DOLLAR_SIGN character as: Content-Of.
95
96 # Extended-Syntax way of writing Content-Of:
97 echo ${VarSomething}
98
99 # The ${ ... } Extended-Syntax allows more than just the variable
100 #+ name to be specified.
101 # In general, $VarSomething can always be written as: ${VarSomething}.
102
103 # Call this script with arguments to see the following in action.
104
105
106
107 # Outside of double-quotes, the special characters @ and *
108 #+ specify identical behavior.
109 # May be pronounced as: All-Elements-Of.
110
111 # Without specification of a name, they refer to the
112 #+ pre-defined parameter Bash-Array.
113
114
115
116 # Glob-Pattern references
117 echo $* # All parameters to script or function
118 echo ${*} # Same
119
120 # Bash disables filename expansion for Glob-Patterns.
121 # Only character matching is active.
122
123
124 # All-Elements-Of references
125 echo $@ # Same as above
126 echo ${@} # Same as above
127
128
129
130
131 # Within double-quotes, the behavior of Glob-Pattern references
132 #+ depends on the setting of IFS (Input Field Separator).
133 # Within double-quotes, All-Elements-Of references behave the same.
134
135
136 # Specifying only the name of a variable holding a string refers
137 #+ to all elements (characters) of a string.
138
139
140 # To specify an element (character) of a string,
141 #+ the Extended-Syntax reference notation (see below) MAY be used.
142
143
144
145
146 # Specifying only the name of a Bash array references
147 #+ the subscript zero element,
148 #+ NOT the FIRST DEFINED nor the FIRST WITH CONTENTS element.
149
150 # Additional qualification is needed to reference other elements,
151 #+ which means that the reference MUST be written in Extended-Syntax.
152 # The general form is: ${name[subscript]}.
153
154 # The string forms may also be used: ${name:subscript}
155 #+ for Bash-Arrays when referencing the subscript zero element.
156
157
158 # Bash-Arrays are implemented internally as linked lists,
159 #+ not as a fixed area of storage as in some programming languages.
160
161
162 # Characteristics of Bash arrays (Bash-Arrays):
163 # --------------------------------------------
164
165 # If not otherwise specified, Bash-Array subscripts begin with
166 #+ subscript number zero. Literally: [0]
167 # This is called zero-based indexing.
168 ###
169 # If not otherwise specified, Bash-Arrays are subscript packed
170 #+ (sequential subscripts without subscript gaps).
171 ###
172 # Negative subscripts are not allowed.
173 ###
174 # Elements of a Bash-Array need not all be of the same type.
175 ###
176 # Elements of a Bash-Array may be undefined (null reference).
177 # That is, a Bash-Array my be "subscript sparse."
178 ###
179 # Elements of a Bash-Array may be defined and empty (null contents).
180 ###
181 # Elements of a Bash-Array may contain:
182 # * A whole number as a signed 32-bit (or larger) integer
183 # * A string
184 # * A string formated so that it appears to be a function name
185 # + with optional arguments
186 ###
187 # Defined elements of a Bash-Array may be undefined (unset).
188 # That is, a subscript packed Bash-Array may be changed
189 # + into a subscript sparse Bash-Array.
190 ###
191 # Elements may be added to a Bash-Array by defining an element
192 #+ not previously defined.
193 ###
194 # For these reasons, I have been calling them "Bash-Arrays".
195 # I'll return to the generic term "array" from now on.
196 # -- msz
197
198
199
200
201 # Demo time -- initialize the previously declared ArrayVar as a
202 #+ sparse array.
203 # (The 'unset ... ' is just documentation here.)
204
205 unset ArrayVar[0] # Just for the record
206 ArrayVar[1]=one # Unquoted literal
207 ArrayVar[2]='' # Defined, and empty
208 unset ArrayVar[3] # Just for the record
209 ArrayVar[4]='four' # Quoted literal
210
211
212
213 # Translate the %q format as: Quoted-Respecting-IFS-Rules.
214 echo
215 echo '- - Outside of double-quotes - -'
216 ###
217 printf %q ${ArrayVar[*]} # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
218 echo
219 echo 'echo command:'${ArrayVar[*]}
220 ###
221 printf %q ${ArrayVar[@]} # All-Elements-Of
222 echo
223 echo 'echo command:'${ArrayVar[@]}
224
225 # The use of double-quotes may be translated as: Enable-Substitution.
226
227 # There are five cases recognized for the IFS setting.
228
229 echo
230 echo '- - Within double-quotes - Default IFS of space-tab-newline - -'
231 IFS=$'\x20'$'\x09'$'\x0A' # These three bytes,
232 #+ in exactly this order.
233
234
235 printf %q "${ArrayVar[*]}" # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
236 echo
237 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[*]}"
238 ###
239 printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]}" # All-Elements-Of
240 echo
241 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[@]}"
242
243
244 echo
245 echo '- - Within double-quotes - First character of IFS is ^ - -'
246 # Any printing, non-whitespace character should do the same.
247 IFS='^'$IFS # ^ + space tab newline
248 ###
249 printf %q "${ArrayVar[*]}" # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
250 echo
251 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[*]}"
252 ###
253 printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]}" # All-Elements-Of
254 echo
255 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[@]}"
256
257
258 echo
259 echo '- - Within double-quotes - Without whitespace in IFS - -'
260 IFS='^:%!'
261 ###
262 printf %q "${ArrayVar[*]}" # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
263 echo
264 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[*]}"
265 ###
266 printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]}" # All-Elements-Of
267 echo
268 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[@]}"
269
270
271 echo
272 echo '- - Within double-quotes - IFS set and empty - -'
273 IFS=''
274 ###
275 printf %q "${ArrayVar[*]}" # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
276 echo
277 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[*]}"
278 ###
279 printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]}" # All-Elements-Of
280 echo
281 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[@]}"
282
283
284 echo
285 echo '- - Within double-quotes - IFS undefined - -'
286 unset IFS
287 ###
288 printf %q "${ArrayVar[*]}" # Glob-Pattern All-Elements-Of
289 echo
290 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[*]}"
291 ###
292 printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]}" # All-Elements-Of
293 echo
294 echo 'echo command:'"${ArrayVar[@]}"
295
296
297 # Put IFS back to the default.
298 # Default is exactly these three bytes.
299 IFS=$'\x20'$'\x09'$'\x0A' # In exactly this order.
300
301 # Interpretation of the above outputs:
302 # A Glob-Pattern is I/O; the setting of IFS matters.
303 ###
304 # An All-Elements-Of does not consider IFS settings.
305 ###
306 # Note the different output using the echo command and the
307 #+ quoted format operator of the printf command.
308
309
310 # Recall:
311 # Parameters are similar to arrays and have the similar behaviors.
312 ###
313 # The above examples demonstrate the possible variations.
314 # To retain the shape of a sparse array, additional script
315 #+ programming is required.
316 ###
317 # The source code of Bash has a routine to output the
318 #+ [subscript]=value array assignment format.
319 # As of version 2.05b, that routine is not used,
320 #+ but that might change in future releases.
321
322
323
324 # The length of a string, measured in non-null elements (characters):
325 echo
326 echo '- - Non-quoted references - -'
327 echo 'Non-Null character count: '${#VarSomething}' characters.'
328
329 # test='Lit'$'\x00''eral' # $'\x00' is a null character.
330 # echo ${#test} # See that?
331
332
333
334 # The length of an array, measured in defined elements,
335 #+ including null content elements.
336 echo
337 echo 'Defined content count: '${#ArrayVar[@]}' elements.'
338 # That is NOT the maximum subscript (4).
339 # That is NOT the range of the subscripts (1 . . 4 inclusive).
340 # It IS the length of the linked list.
341 ###
342 # Both the maximum subscript and the range of the subscripts may
343 #+ be found with additional script programming.
344
345 # The length of a string, measured in non-null elements (characters):
346 echo
347 echo '- - Quoted, Glob-Pattern references - -'
348 echo 'Non-Null character count: '"${#VarSomething}"' characters.'
349
350 # The length of an array, measured in defined elements,
351 #+ including null-content elements.
352 echo
353 echo 'Defined element count: '"${#ArrayVar[*]}"' elements.'
354
355 # Interpretation: Substitution does not effect the ${# ... } operation.
356 # Suggestion:
357 # Always use the All-Elements-Of character
358 #+ if that is what is intended (independence from IFS).
359
360
361
362 # Define a simple function.
363 # I include an underscore in the name
364 #+ to make it distinctive in the examples below.
365 ###
366 # Bash separates variable names and function names
367 #+ in different namespaces.
368 # The Mark-One eyeball isn't that advanced.
369 ###
370 _simple() {
371 echo -n 'SimpleFunc'$@ # Newlines are swallowed in
372 } #+ result returned in any case.
373
374
375 # The ( ... ) notation invokes a command or function.
376 # The $( ... ) notation is pronounced: Result-Of.
377
378
379 # Invoke the function _simple
380 echo
381 echo '- - Output of function _simple - -'
382 _simple # Try passing arguments.
383 echo
384 # or
385 (_simple) # Try passing arguments.
386 echo
387
388 echo '- Is there a variable of that name? -'
389 echo $_simple not defined # No variable by that name.
390
391 # Invoke the result of function _simple (Error msg intended)
392
393 ###
394 $(_simple) # Gives an error message:
395 # line 394: SimpleFunc: command not found
396 # ---------------------------------------
397
398 echo
399 ###
400
401 # The first word of the result of function _simple
402 #+ is neither a valid Bash command nor the name of a defined function.
403 ###
404 # This demonstrates that the output of _simple is subject to evaluation.
405 ###
406 # Interpretation:
407 # A function can be used to generate in-line Bash commands.
408
409
410 # A simple function where the first word of result IS a bash command:
411 ###
412 _print() {
413 echo -n 'printf %q '$@
414 }
415
416 echo '- - Outputs of function _print - -'
417 _print parm1 parm2 # An Output NOT A Command.
418 echo
419
420 $(_print parm1 parm2) # Executes: printf %q parm1 parm2
421 # See above IFS examples for the
422 #+ various possibilities.
423 echo
424
425 $(_print $VarSomething) # The predictable result.
426 echo
427
428
429
430 # Function variables
431 # ------------------
432
433 echo
434 echo '- - Function variables - -'
435 # A variable may represent a signed integer, a string or an array.
436 # A string may be used like a function name with optional arguments.
437
438 # set -vx # Enable if desired
439 declare -f funcVar #+ in namespace of functions
440
441 funcVar=_print # Contains name of function.
442 $funcVar parm1 # Same as _print at this point.
443 echo
444
445 funcVar=$(_print ) # Contains result of function.
446 $funcVar # No input, No output.
447 $funcVar $VarSomething # The predictable result.
448 echo
449
450 funcVar=$(_print $VarSomething) # $VarSomething replaced HERE.
451 $funcVar # The expansion is part of the
452 echo #+ variable contents.
453
454 funcVar="$(_print $VarSomething)" # $VarSomething replaced HERE.
455 $funcVar # The expansion is part of the
456 echo #+ variable contents.
457
458 # The difference between the unquoted and the double-quoted versions
459 #+ above can be seen in the "protect_literal.sh" example.
460 # The first case above is processed as two, unquoted, Bash-Words.
461 # The second case above is processed as one, quoted, Bash-Word.
462
463
464
465
466 # Delayed replacement
467 # -------------------
468
469 echo
470 echo '- - Delayed replacement - -'
471 funcVar="$(_print '$VarSomething')" # No replacement, single Bash-Word.
472 eval $funcVar # $VarSomething replaced HERE.
473 echo
474
475 VarSomething='NewThing'
476 eval $funcVar # $VarSomething replaced HERE.
477 echo
478
479 # Restore the original setting trashed above.
480 VarSomething=Literal
481
482 # There are a pair of functions demonstrated in the
483 #+ "protect_literal.sh" and "unprotect_literal.sh" examples.
484 # These are general purpose functions for delayed replacement literals
485 #+ containing variables.
486
487
488
489
490
491 # REVIEW:
492 # ------
493
494 # A string can be considered a Classic-Array of elements (characters).
495 # A string operation applies to all elements (characters) of the string
496 #+ (in concept, anyway).
497 ###
498 # The notation: ${array_name[@]} represents all elements of the
499 #+ Bash-Array: array_name.
500 ###
501 # The Extended-Syntax string operations can be applied to all
502 #+ elements of an array.
503 ###
504 # This may be thought of as a For-Each operation on a vector of strings.
505 ###
506 # Parameters are similar to an array.
507 # The initialization of a parameter array for a script
508 #+ and a parameter array for a function only differ
509 #+ in the initialization of ${0}, which never changes its setting.
510 ###
511 # Subscript zero of the script's parameter array contains
512 #+ the name of the script.
513 ###
514 # Subscript zero of a function's parameter array DOES NOT contain
515 #+ the name of the function.
516 # The name of the current function is accessed by the $FUNCNAME variable.
517 ###
518 # A quick, review list follows (quick, not short).
519
520 echo
521 echo '- - Test (but not change) - -'
522 echo '- null reference -'
523 echo -n ${VarNull-'NotSet'}' ' # NotSet
524 echo ${VarNull} # NewLine only
525 echo -n ${VarNull:-'NotSet'}' ' # NotSet
526 echo ${VarNull} # Newline only
527
528 echo '- null contents -'
529 echo -n ${VarEmpty-'Empty'}' ' # Only the space
530 echo ${VarEmpty} # Newline only
531 echo -n ${VarEmpty:-'Empty'}' ' # Empty
532 echo ${VarEmpty} # Newline only
533
534 echo '- contents -'
535 echo ${VarSomething-'Content'} # Literal
536 echo ${VarSomething:-'Content'} # Literal
537
538 echo '- Sparse Array -'
539 echo ${ArrayVar[@]-'not set'}
540
541 # ASCII-Art time
542 # State Y==yes, N==no
543 # - :-
544 # Unset Y Y ${# ... } == 0
545 # Empty N Y ${# ... } == 0
546 # Contents N N ${# ... } > 0
547
548 # Either the first and/or the second part of the tests
549 #+ may be a command or a function invocation string.
550 echo
551 echo '- - Test 1 for undefined - -'
552 declare -i t
553 _decT() {
554 t=$t-1
555 }
556
557 # Null reference, set: t == -1
558 t=${#VarNull} # Results in zero.
559 ${VarNull- _decT } # Function executes, t now -1.
560 echo $t
561
562 # Null contents, set: t == 0
563 t=${#VarEmpty} # Results in zero.
564 ${VarEmpty- _decT } # _decT function NOT executed.
565 echo $t
566
567 # Contents, set: t == number of non-null characters
568 VarSomething='_simple' # Set to valid function name.
569 t=${#VarSomething} # non-zero length
570 ${VarSomething- _decT } # Function _simple executed.
571 echo $t # Note the Append-To action.
572
573 # Exercise: clean up that example.
574 unset t
575 unset _decT
576 VarSomething=Literal
577
578 echo
579 echo '- - Test and Change - -'
580 echo '- Assignment if null reference -'
581 echo -n ${VarNull='NotSet'}' ' # NotSet NotSet
582 echo ${VarNull}
583 unset VarNull
584
585 echo '- Assignment if null reference -'
586 echo -n ${VarNull:='NotSet'}' ' # NotSet NotSet
587 echo ${VarNull}
588 unset VarNull
589
590 echo '- No assignment if null contents -'
591 echo -n ${VarEmpty='Empty'}' ' # Space only
592 echo ${VarEmpty}
593 VarEmpty=''
594
595 echo '- Assignment if null contents -'
596 echo -n ${VarEmpty:='Empty'}' ' # Empty Empty
597 echo ${VarEmpty}
598 VarEmpty=''
599
600 echo '- No change if already has contents -'
601 echo ${VarSomething='Content'} # Literal
602 echo ${VarSomething:='Content'} # Literal
603
604
605 # "Subscript sparse" Bash-Arrays
606 ###
607 # Bash-Arrays are subscript packed, beginning with
608 #+ subscript zero unless otherwise specified.
609 ###
610 # The initialization of ArrayVar was one way
611 #+ to "otherwise specify". Here is the other way:
612 ###
613 echo
614 declare -a ArraySparse
615 ArraySparse=( [1]=one [2]='' [4]='four' )
616 # [0]=null reference, [2]=null content, [3]=null reference
617
618 echo '- - Array-Sparse List - -'
619 # Within double-quotes, default IFS, Glob-Pattern
620
621 IFS=$'\x20'$'\x09'$'\x0A'
622 printf %q "${ArraySparse[*]}"
623 echo
624
625 # Note that the output does not distinguish between "null content"
626 #+ and "null reference".
627 # Both print as escaped whitespace.
628 ###
629 # Note also that the output does NOT contain escaped whitespace
630 #+ for the "null reference(s)" prior to the first defined element.
631 ###
632 # This behavior of 2.04, 2.05a and 2.05b has been reported
633 #+ and may change in a future version of Bash.
634
635 # To output a sparse array and maintain the [subscript]=value
636 #+ relationship without change requires a bit of programming.
637 # One possible code fragment:
638 ###
639 # local l=${#ArraySparse[@]} # Count of defined elements
640 # local f=0 # Count of found subscripts
641 # local i=0 # Subscript to test
642 ( # Anonymous in-line function
643 for (( l=${#ArraySparse[@]}, f = 0, i = 0 ; f < l ; i++ ))
644 do
645 # 'if defined then...'
646 ${ArraySparse[$i]+ eval echo '\ ['$i']='${ArraySparse[$i]} ; (( f++ )) }
647 done
648 )
649
650 # The reader coming upon the above code fragment cold
651 #+ might want to review "command lists" and "multiple commands on a line"
652 #+ in the text of the foregoing "Advanced Bash Scripting Guide."
653 ###
654 # Note:
655 # The "read -a array_name" version of the "read" command
656 #+ begins filling array_name at subscript zero.
657 # ArraySparse does not define a value at subscript zero.
658 ###
659 # The user needing to read/write a sparse array to either
660 #+ external storage or a communications socket must invent
661 #+ a read/write code pair suitable for their purpose.
662 ###
663 # Exercise: clean it up.
664
665 unset ArraySparse
666
667 echo
668 echo '- - Conditional alternate (But not change)- -'
669 echo '- No alternate if null reference -'
670 echo -n ${VarNull+'NotSet'}' '
671 echo ${VarNull}
672 unset VarNull
673
674 echo '- No alternate if null reference -'
675 echo -n ${VarNull:+'NotSet'}' '
676 echo ${VarNull}
677 unset VarNull
678
679 echo '- Alternate if null contents -'
680 echo -n ${VarEmpty+'Empty'}' ' # Empty
681 echo ${VarEmpty}
682 VarEmpty=''
683
684 echo '- No alternate if null contents -'
685 echo -n ${VarEmpty:+'Empty'}' ' # Space only
686 echo ${VarEmpty}
687 VarEmpty=''
688
689 echo '- Alternate if already has contents -'
690
691 # Alternate literal
692 echo -n ${VarSomething+'Content'}' ' # Content Literal
693 echo ${VarSomething}
694
695 # Invoke function
696 echo -n ${VarSomething:+ $(_simple) }' ' # SimpleFunc Literal
697 echo ${VarSomething}
698 echo
699
700 echo '- - Sparse Array - -'
701 echo ${ArrayVar[@]+'Empty'} # An array of 'Empty'(ies)
702 echo
703
704 echo '- - Test 2 for undefined - -'
705
706 declare -i t
707 _incT() {
708 t=$t+1
709 }
710
711 # Note:
712 # This is the same test used in the sparse array
713 #+ listing code fragment.
714
715 # Null reference, set: t == -1
716 t=${#VarNull}-1 # Results in minus-one.
717 ${VarNull+ _incT } # Does not execute.
718 echo $t' Null reference'
719
720 # Null contents, set: t == 0
721 t=${#VarEmpty}-1 # Results in minus-one.
722 ${VarEmpty+ _incT } # Executes.
723 echo $t' Null content'
724
725 # Contents, set: t == (number of non-null characters)
726 t=${#VarSomething}-1 # non-null length minus-one
727 ${VarSomething+ _incT } # Executes.
728 echo $t' Contents'
729
730 # Exercise: clean up that example.
731 unset t
732 unset _incT
733
734 # ${name?err_msg} ${name:?err_msg}
735 # These follow the same rules but always exit afterwards
736 #+ if an action is specified following the question mark.
737 # The action following the question mark may be a literal
738 #+ or a function result.
739 ###
740 # ${name?} ${name:?} are test-only, the return can be tested.
741
742
743
744
745 # Element operations
746 # ------------------
747
748 echo
749 echo '- - Trailing sub-element selection - -'
750
751 # Strings, Arrays and Positional parameters
752
753 # Call this script with multiple arguments
754 #+ to see the parameter selections.
755
756 echo '- All -'
757 echo ${VarSomething:0} # all non-null characters
758 echo ${ArrayVar[@]:0} # all elements with content
759 echo ${@:0} # all parameters with content;
760 # ignoring parameter[0]
761
762 echo
763 echo '- All after -'
764 echo ${VarSomething:1} # all non-null after character[0]
765 echo ${ArrayVar[@]:1} # all after element[0] with content
766 echo ${@:2} # all after param[1] with content
767
768 echo
769 echo '- Range after -'
770 echo ${VarSomething:4:3} # ral
771 # Three characters after
772 # character[3]
773
774 echo '- Sparse array gotch -'
775 echo ${ArrayVar[@]:1:2} # four - The only element with content.
776 # Two elements after (if that many exist).
777 # the FIRST WITH CONTENTS
778 #+ (the FIRST WITH CONTENTS is being
779 #+ considered as if it
780 #+ were subscript zero).
781 # Executed as if Bash considers ONLY array elements with CONTENT
782 # printf %q "${ArrayVar[@]:0:3}" # Try this one
783
784 # In versions 2.04, 2.05a and 2.05b,
785 #+ Bash does not handle sparse arrays as expected using this notation.
786 #
787 # The current Bash maintainer, Chet Ramey, has corrected this
788 #+ for an upcoming version of Bash.
789
790
791 echo '- Non-sparse array -'
792 echo ${@:2:2} # Two parameters following parameter[1]
793
794 # New victims for string vector examples:
795 stringZ=abcABC123ABCabc
796 arrayZ=( abcabc ABCABC 123123 ABCABC abcabc )
797 sparseZ=( [1]='abcabc' [3]='ABCABC' [4]='' [5]='123123' )
798
799 echo
800 echo ' - - Victim string - -'$stringZ'- - '
801 echo ' - - Victim array - -'${arrayZ[@]}'- - '
802 echo ' - - Sparse array - -'${sparseZ[@]}'- - '
803 echo ' - [0]==null ref, [2]==null ref, [4]==null content - '
804 echo ' - [1]=abcabc [3]=ABCABC [5]=123123 - '
805 echo ' - non-null-reference count: '${#sparseZ[@]}' elements'
806
807 echo
808 echo '- - Prefix sub-element removal - -'
809 echo '- - Glob-Pattern match must include the first character. - -'
810 echo '- - Glob-Pattern may be a literal or a function result. - -'
811 echo
812
813
814 # Function returning a simple, Literal, Glob-Pattern
815 _abc() {
816 echo -n 'abc'
817 }
818
819 echo '- Shortest prefix -'
820 echo ${stringZ#123} # Unchanged (not a prefix).
821 echo ${stringZ#$(_abc)} # ABC123ABCabc
822 echo ${arrayZ[@]#abc} # Applied to each element.
823
824 # Fixed by Chet Ramey for an upcoming version of Bash.
825 # echo ${sparseZ[@]#abc} # Version-2.05b core dumps.
826
827 # The -it would be nice- First-Subscript-Of
828 # echo ${#sparseZ[@]#*} # This is NOT valid Bash.
829
830 echo
831 echo '- Longest prefix -'
832 echo ${stringZ##1*3} # Unchanged (not a prefix)
833 echo ${stringZ##a*C} # abc
834 echo ${arrayZ[@]##a*c} # ABCABC 123123 ABCABC
835
836 # Fixed by Chet Ramey for an upcoming version of Bash
837 # echo ${sparseZ[@]##a*c} # Version-2.05b core dumps.
838
839 echo
840 echo '- - Suffix sub-element removal - -'
841 echo '- - Glob-Pattern match must include the last character. - -'
842 echo '- - Glob-Pattern may be a literal or a function result. - -'
843 echo
844 echo '- Shortest suffix -'
845 echo ${stringZ%1*3} # Unchanged (not a suffix).
846 echo ${stringZ%$(_abc)} # abcABC123ABC
847 echo ${arrayZ[@]%abc} # Applied to each element.
848
849 # Fixed by Chet Ramey for an upcoming version of Bash.
850 # echo ${sparseZ[@]%abc} # Version-2.05b core dumps.
851
852 # The -it would be nice- Last-Subscript-Of
853 # echo ${#sparseZ[@]%*} # This is NOT valid Bash.
854
855 echo
856 echo '- Longest suffix -'
857 echo ${stringZ%%1*3} # Unchanged (not a suffix)
858 echo ${stringZ%%b*c} # a
859 echo ${arrayZ[@]%%b*c} # a ABCABC 123123 ABCABC a
860
861 # Fixed by Chet Ramey for an upcoming version of Bash.
862 # echo ${sparseZ[@]%%b*c} # Version-2.05b core dumps.
863
864 echo
865 echo '- - Sub-element replacement - -'
866 echo '- - Sub-element at any location in string. - -'
867 echo '- - First specification is a Glob-Pattern - -'
868 echo '- - Glob-Pattern may be a literal or Glob-Pattern function result. - -'
869 echo '- - Second specification may be a literal or function result. - -'
870 echo '- - Second specification may be unspecified. Pronounce that'
871 echo ' as: Replace-With-Nothing (Delete) - -'
872 echo
873
874
875
876 # Function returning a simple, Literal, Glob-Pattern
877 _123() {
878 echo -n '123'
879 }
880
881 echo '- Replace first occurrence -'
882 echo ${stringZ/$(_123)/999} # Changed (123 is a component).
883 echo ${stringZ/ABC/xyz} # xyzABC123ABCabc
884 echo ${arrayZ[@]/ABC/xyz} # Applied to each element.
885 echo ${sparseZ[@]/ABC/xyz} # Works as expected.
886
887 echo
888 echo '- Delete first occurrence -'
889 echo ${stringZ/$(_123)/}
890 echo ${stringZ/ABC/}
891 echo ${arrayZ[@]/ABC/}
892 echo ${sparseZ[@]/ABC/}
893
894 # The replacement need not be a literal,
895 #+ since the result of a function invocation is allowed.
896 # This is general to all forms of replacement.
897 echo
898 echo '- Replace first occurrence with Result-Of -'
899 echo ${stringZ/$(_123)/$(_simple)} # Works as expected.
900 echo ${arrayZ[@]/ca/$(_simple)} # Applied to each element.
901 echo ${sparseZ[@]/ca/$(_simple)} # Works as expected.
902
903 echo
904 echo '- Replace all occurrences -'
905 echo ${stringZ//[b2]/X} # X-out b's and 2's
906 echo ${stringZ//abc/xyz} # xyzABC123ABCxyz
907 echo ${arrayZ[@]//abc/xyz} # Applied to each element.
908 echo ${sparseZ[@]//abc/xyz} # Works as expected.
909
910 echo
911 echo '- Delete all occurrences -'
912 echo ${stringZ//[b2]/}
913 echo ${stringZ//abc/}
914 echo ${arrayZ[@]//abc/}
915 echo ${sparseZ[@]//abc/}
916
917 echo
918 echo '- - Prefix sub-element replacement - -'
919 echo '- - Match must include the first character. - -'
920 echo
921
922 echo '- Replace prefix occurrences -'
923 echo ${stringZ/#[b2]/X} # Unchanged (neither is a prefix).
924 echo ${stringZ/#$(_abc)/XYZ} # XYZABC123ABCabc
925 echo ${arrayZ[@]/#abc/XYZ} # Applied to each element.
926 echo ${sparseZ[@]/#abc/XYZ} # Works as expected.
927
928 echo
929 echo '- Delete prefix occurrences -'
930 echo ${stringZ/#[b2]/}
931 echo ${stringZ/#$(_abc)/}
932 echo ${arrayZ[@]/#abc/}
933 echo ${sparseZ[@]/#abc/}
934
935 echo
936 echo '- - Suffix sub-element replacement - -'
937 echo '- - Match must include the last character. - -'
938 echo
939
940 echo '- Replace suffix occurrences -'
941 echo ${stringZ/%[b2]/X} # Unchanged (neither is a suffix).
942 echo ${stringZ/%$(_abc)/XYZ} # abcABC123ABCXYZ
943 echo ${arrayZ[@]/%abc/XYZ} # Applied to each element.
944 echo ${sparseZ[@]/%abc/XYZ} # Works as expected.
945
946 echo
947 echo '- Delete suffix occurrences -'
948 echo ${stringZ/%[b2]/}
949 echo ${stringZ/%$(_abc)/}
950 echo ${arrayZ[@]/%abc/}
951 echo ${sparseZ[@]/%abc/}
952
953 echo
954 echo '- - Special cases of null Glob-Pattern - -'
955 echo
956
957 echo '- Prefix all -'
958 # null substring pattern means 'prefix'
959 echo ${stringZ/#/NEW} # NEWabcABC123ABCabc
960 echo ${arrayZ[@]/#/NEW} # Applied to each element.
961 echo ${sparseZ[@]/#/NEW} # Applied to null-content also.
962 # That seems reasonable.
963
964 echo
965 echo '- Suffix all -'
966 # null substring pattern means 'suffix'
967 echo ${stringZ/%/NEW} # abcABC123ABCabcNEW
968 echo ${arrayZ[@]/%/NEW} # Applied to each element.
969 echo ${sparseZ[@]/%/NEW} # Applied to null-content also.
970 # That seems reasonable.
971
972 echo
973 echo '- - Special case For-Each Glob-Pattern - -'
974 echo '- - - - This is a nice-to-have dream - - - -'
975 echo
976
977 _GenFunc() {
978 echo -n ${0} # Illustration only.
979 # Actually, that would be an arbitrary computation.
980 }
981
982 # All occurrences, matching the AnyThing pattern.
983 # Currently //*/ does not match null-content nor null-reference.
984 # /#/ and /%/ does match null-content but not null-reference.
985 echo ${sparseZ[@]//*/$(_GenFunc)}
986
987
988 # A possible syntax would be to make
989 #+ the parameter notation used within this construct mean:
990 # ${1} - The full element
991 # ${2} - The prefix, if any, to the matched sub-element
992 # ${3} - The matched sub-element
993 # ${4} - The suffix, if any, to the matched sub-element
994 #
995 # echo ${sparseZ[@]//*/$(_GenFunc ${3})} # Same as ${1} here.
996 # Perhaps it will be implemented in a future version of Bash.
997
998
999 exit 0 |